Quarterlytics / Financial Services / Banks - Regional / Luther Burbank

Luther Burbank

lbc · NASDAQ Financial Services
Claim this profile
Ticker lbc
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Financial Services
Industry Banks - Regional
Employees 201-500
← All annual reports
FY2021 Annual Report · Luther Burbank
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the Year Ended December 31, 2021

OR
☐  TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
Commission file number 001-38317

Luther Burbank Corporation

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

California
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

68-0270948
(I.R.S. employer identification number)

520 Third St, Fourth Floor, Santa Rosa, California
 (Address of principal executive offices)

95401
(Zip Code)

Registrant's telephone number, including area code: (844) 446-8201

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act

Title of Each Class
Common stock, no par value

Trading Symbol
LBC

Name of Each Exchange on Which
Registered
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC

Securities Registered Pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Act. Yes o No x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934
during the preceding twelve months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing
requirements for the past 90 days. Yes x No o
Indicate  by  checkmark  whether  the  registrant  has  submitted  electronically  every  Interactive  Data  File  required  to  be  submitted  pursuant  to  Rule  405  of
Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).
Yes x No o
Indicate by checkmark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company. See
definitions of "large accelerated filer", "accelerated filer", "smaller reporting company" and "emerging growth company" in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer

Non-accelerated filer

o

o

Accelerated filer

Smaller Reporting Company

Emerging Growth Company

☒

☒

☒

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or
revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the

 
 
 
 
effectiveness  of  its  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  under  Section  404(b)  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  (15  U.S.C.  7262(b))  by  the  registered  public
accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act): Yes ☐ No x

As  of  June  30,  2021,  the  last  business  day  of  the  Registrant’s  most  recently  completed  second  fiscal  quarter,  the  aggregate  market  value  of  its  common
stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $129.9 million based on the closing price per share of common stock of $11.86 on June 30, 2021.

As of March 1, 2022, there were 51,648,898 shares of the registrant’s common stock, no par value, outstanding.

Portions  of  the  definitive  Proxy  Statement  to  be  distributed  on  behalf  of  the  Board  of  Directors  of  Registrant  in  connection  with  the  Annual  Meeting  of
Shareholders to be held on April 26, 2022 and any adjournment thereof, are incorporated by reference in Part III.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Table of Contents

Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

Item 15.
Item 16.

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Table of Contents

Part I

Part II

Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity
Securities
Selected Financial Data
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Part III

Exhibits and Financial Statements Schedules
Form 10-K Summary
Signatures

Part IV

1

Page

4
12
25
25
25
25

26
28
29
56
60
103
103
103
103

104
104
104
104
104

105
107
108

Table of Contents

CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

All  references  to  ‘‘we,’’  ‘‘our,’’  ‘‘us,’’  ‘‘Luther  Burbank  Corporation’’  or  ‘‘the  Company’’  refers  to  Luther  Burbank  Corporation,  a  California
corporation,  and  our  consolidated  subsidiaries,  including  Luther  Burbank  Savings,  a  California  banking  corporation,  unless  the  context
indicates  that  we  refer  only  to  the  parent  company,  Luther  Burbank  Corporation.  ‘‘Bank’’  or  ‘‘LBS’’  refers  to  Luther  Burbank  Savings,  our
banking subsidiary.

This  Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  contains  a  number  of  forward-looking  statements.  These  forward-looking  statements  reflect  our  current
views with respect to, among other things, future events and our results of operations, financial condition and financial performance. These
statements  may  be  identified  by  use  of  words  such  as  "anticipate,"  "believe,"  “continue,”  "could,"  "estimate,"  "expect,"  “impact,”  "intend,"
"seek," "may," "outlook," "plan," "potential," "predict," "project," "should," "will," "would" and similar terms and phrases, including references to
assumptions. Forward-looking statements are not historical facts, and are based on current expectations, estimates and projections about
our industry, management’s beliefs and certain assumptions made by management, many of which, by their nature, are inherently uncertain
and beyond our control. Accordingly, we caution you that such forward-looking statements are not guarantees of future performance and are
subject to risks, assumptions and uncertainties that are difficult to predict and are often beyond the Company's control. Although we believe
that  the  expectations  reflected  in  these  forward-looking  statements  are  reasonable  as  of  the  date  made,  actual  results  may  prove  to  be
materially different from the results expressed or implied by the forward-looking statements.

There  are  numerous,  important  factors  that  could  cause  our  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  indicated  in  forward-looking
statements, including, but not limited to, the following:

•
•

•
•

•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•

•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•

the COVID-19 pandemic and the impact of actions to mitigate any continuing effects from the COVID-19 pandemic;
business  and  economic  conditions  generally  and  in  the  financial  services  industry,  nationally  and  within  our  current  and
future geographic markets;
economic, market, operational, liquidity, credit and interest rate risks associated with our business;
the occurrence of significant natural or man-made disasters, including fires, earthquakes and terrorist acts, as well as public
health issues and other adverse external events that could harm our business;
climate change, including any enhanced regulatory, compliance, credit and reputational risks and costs;
our management of risks inherent in our real estate loan portfolio, and the risk of a prolonged downturn in the real estate
market, which could impair the value of our collateral and our ability to sell collateral upon any foreclosure;
our ability to achieve organic loan and deposit growth and the composition of such growth;
the fiscal position of the U.S. and the soundness of other financial institutions;
changes in consumer spending and savings habits;
technological changes;
the laws and regulations applicable to our business, and the impact of recent and future legislative and regulatory changes;
changing bank regulatory conditions, policies or programs, whether arising as new legislation or regulatory initiatives, that
could  lead  to  restrictions  on  activities  of  banks  generally,  or  our  subsidiary  bank  in  particular,  more  restrictive  regulatory
capital  requirements,  increased  costs,  including  deposit  insurance  premiums,  regulation  or  prohibition  of  certain  income
producing activities or changes in the secondary market for loans and other products;
increased competition in the financial services industry;
changes in the level of our nonperforming assets and charge-offs;
our involvement from time to time in legal proceedings and examinations and remedial actions by regulators;
the composition of our management team and our ability to attract and retain key personnel;
material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting;
systems failures or interruptions involving our information technology and telecommunications systems;
potential exposure to fraud, negligence, computer theft and cyber-crime;
failure to adequately manage the transition from LIBOR as a reference rate; and
the effect of changes in accounting policies and practices or accounting standards, as may be adopted from time-to-time by
bank regulatory agencies, the U.S. Securities and Exchange

2

Table of Contents

Commission  ("SEC"),  the  Public  Company  Accounting  Oversight  Board,  the  Financial  Accounting  Standards  Board
("FASB")  or  other  accounting  standards  setters,  including  ASU  2016-13  (Topic  326),  “Measurement  of  Credit  Losses  on
Financial Instruments,” commonly referenced as the Current Expected Credit Loss (“CECL”) model, which will change how
we estimate credit losses and may increase the required level of our allowance for credit losses after adoption on January
1, 2023.

The foregoing factors should not be construed as exhaustive and should be read together with the other cautionary statements included in
this Annual Report. If one or more events related to these or other risks or uncertainties materialize, or if our underlying assumptions prove to
be  incorrect,  actual  results  may  differ  materially  from  what  we  anticipate.  Accordingly,  you  should  not  place  undue  reliance  on  any  such
forward-looking  statements.  Any  forward-looking  statement  speaks  only  as  of  the  date  on  which  it  is  made,  and  we  do  not  undertake  any
obligation to update or review any forward-looking statement, whether as a result of new information, future developments or otherwise. New
factors emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for us to predict which will arise. In addition, we cannot assess the impact of each
factor on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those
contained in any forward-looking statements.

3

Table of Contents

Item 1. Business

General

PART I.

Luther  Burbank  Corporation  is  a  bank  holding  company  incorporated  on  May  14,  1991  under  the  laws  of  the  state  of  California  and  is
headquartered in Santa Rosa, California. The Company operates primarily through its wholly-owned subsidiary, Luther Burbank Savings, a
California banking corporation originally chartered in 1983 in Santa Rosa, California. The Bank conducts its business from its headquarters in
Gardena, CA.

The  Company  also  owns  Burbank  Financial  Inc.,  a  real  estate  investment  company,  and  Luther  Burbank  Statutory  Trusts  I  and  II,  entities
created to issue trust preferred securities.

The  Company's  principal  business  is  attracting  deposits  from  the  general  public  and  investing  those  funds  in  a  variety  of  loans,  including
permanent mortgage loans and construction loans secured by residential, multifamily, and commercial real estate. The Company specializes
in real estate secured lending in metropolitan areas in the western U.S., including our recent expansion to Colorado, Utah and Arizona, and
has developed expertise in multifamily residential, jumbo nonconforming single family residential and commercial real estate lending.

Implications of Being an Emerging Growth Company

We qualify as an ‘‘emerging growth company’’ under the Jumpstart Our Business Startups Act of 2012 (the "JOBS Act"). An emerging growth
company may take advantage of specified reduced reporting requirements and is relieved of other significant requirements that are otherwise
generally applicable to other public companies. Among other factors, as an emerging growth company:

• we may present less than five years of selected financial data;
• we are exempt from the requirement to provide an opinion from our auditors on the design and operating effectiveness of our internal

control over financial reporting pursuant to the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act;

• we may choose not to comply with any new requirements adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board ("PCAOB");
• we  are  permitted  to  provide  less  extensive  disclosure  regarding  our  executive  compensation  arrangements  pursuant  to  the  rules
applicable  to  smaller  reporting  companies,  which  means  we  do  not  have  to  include  a  compensation  discussion  and  analysis  and
other disclosure regarding our executive compensation in this Annual Report; and

• we are not required to hold nonbinding advisory votes on executive compensation or golden parachute arrangements.

We can elect to opt out of the extended transition period for adopting any new or revised accounting standards. We have elected not to opt
out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public
or private companies, we may adopt the standard for the private company.

We may take advantage of these provisions for up to five years from the date of our IPO unless we earlier cease to qualify as an emerging
growth company. We will cease to qualify as an emerging growth company if we have more than $1.07 billion in annual gross revenues, as
that  amount  may  be  periodically  adjusted  by  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  ("SEC"),  we  become  a  ‘‘large  accelerated  filer,’’
including having more than $700.0 million in market value of our common stock held by non-affiliates, or we issue more than $1.0 billion of
non-convertible debt in a three-year period.

We expect to take advantage of the reduced reporting and other requirements of the JOBS Act with respect to the periodic reports we will file
with the SEC and proxy statements that we use to solicit proxies from our shareholders. In accordance with the requirements of the JOBS
Act,  our  eligibility  as  an  emerging  growth  company  is  expected  to  expire  on  December  31,  2022,  which  is  the  last  day  of  the  fiscal  year
following the five year anniversary from the date of our initial public offering.

4

Table of Contents

Business Strategies

We intend to continue executing our strategic plan by focusing on the following key objectives:

• Continued organic lending growth in our markets. Our primary focus is to grow our customer base within our strategic markets and to
expand the penetration of our existing multifamily, single family and commercial real estate lending activities within these markets in
the  western  United  States,  which  have  historically  had  strong  job  growth,  strong  economic  growth  and  limited  affordable  housing.
These  markets  include  major  metropolitan  markets  in  the  western  U.S.,  including  our  recent  expansion  to  Colorado,  Utah  and
Arizona. The high cost of living and high barriers to entry make these markets attractive for investments in affordable rental housing
for low- and middle-income tenants. Robust job markets, strong single family residential demand, high average housing costs, and
concentrations of professional, highly skilled and high income workers, entrepreneurs and other high net worth individuals make our
markets ideal for our portfolio single family residential lending activities.

We believe we have a competitive advantage over larger national financial institutions, which lack our level of personalized service,
and over smaller community banks, which lack our product and market expertise. We intend to capture additional market share by
deepening  our  relationships  with  current  customers  and  supporting  our  bankers  in  their  pursuit  of  new  customers  in  our  target
markets. We will also consider the opportunistic lift-out of key personnel or teams from other financial institutions. We believe that our
stable, income producing property focus and our existing customer profile lends itself to expanded lending in our existing markets, as
well as new markets.

• Deepen  customer  relationships  and  grow  our  deposit  base.  We  provide  a  high  level  of  customer  service  to  our  depositors.  Our
historical focus for our deposit production activities was on individual savings deposits from high net worth, primarily self-employed
individuals, entrepreneurs and professionals, and we did not emphasize transactional accounts. This strategy has produced a stable
customer base. We have expanded our focus in recent years, and invested in personnel, business and compliance processes and
technology  that  enable  us  to  acquire,  and  efficiently  and  effectively  serve,  a  wider  array  of  consumer  transactional  accounts  and
business  deposit  accounts  while  continuing  to  provide  the  level  of  customer  service  for  which  we  are  known  to  our  consumer
depositors.  We  have  also  increased  outreach  in  high-density,  small  to  medium  sized  business  markets  where  the  Bank  already
operates.  We  also  provide  comprehensive  online  and  mobile  banking  products  to  our  business  and  consumer  depositors  to
complement our branch network.

We believe that our current customer base contains additional untapped cross-selling opportunities. We plan to continue to grow our
non-brokered, consumer and business deposits by:

• cross-selling business deposit relationships to our existing consumer customers who are business operators;

• cross-selling business and consumer accounts to our multifamily and single family loan borrowers;

• obtaining  new  individual  and  business  customers,  including  specialty  deposit  customers,  such  as  fiduciary  service
providers,  1031  exchange  companies,  unions,  homeowners  associations,  nonprofits  and  California-licensed  cannabis
businesses;

•

increasing our digital market presence including the use of social media; and

• continuing to evaluate new branches, via de novo activity and/or acquisition, in key markets in the western United States.

We will also continue to cross-sell existing customers, and solicit new ones, for additional lending opportunities in our markets, and to
develop niche verticals, where our credit underwriting expertise and efficient operations can yield an attractive risk-adjusted return.
Our cross-selling efforts to existing customers will be strategically targeted, based on our in depth analyses of our customers’ overall
financial profile, cash flows, financial resources and banking requirements.

• Disciplined credit quality and robust risk management. We are committed to being a high performing organization, and we intend to
operate  in  a  disciplined  manner.  Risk  management  is  a  core  competency  of  our  business,  demonstrated  by  the  strong  credit
performance of our portfolio. We have comprehensive policies and procedures for credit underwriting, monitoring our loan portfolio
and  internal  risk  management  including  managing  our  interest  rate  risk,  compliance  risk,  reputation  risk,  legal  risk  and  other  risks
inherent

5

Table of Contents

in our operations. The sound credit practices followed by our bankers allow credit decisions to be made efficiently and consistently.
We  attribute  our  success  to  a  strong  credit  culture,  the  continuous  evaluation  of  risk  and  return  and  the  strict  separation  between
business development and credit decision making, coupled with a robust risk management framework. Our focus on credit and risk
management has enabled us to originate large volumes of loans successfully while maintaining strong asset quality.

• Disciplined  cost  management.  We  intend  to  continue  to  foster  a  culture  of  efficiency  through  hands-on  management,  prudent
expense  management,  and  a  small  number  of  large  deposit  balance  branches.  With  a  continuing  emphasis  on  process
improvements, we believe that we can support growth in assets, customers and our geographic footprint without significant additional
investment in our infrastructure or significant expansion of our personnel. We believe that our existing network of branches and loan
production  offices,  as  well  as  non-branch  and  online  customer  and  deposit  development  activities,  have  significant  potential  to
continue  to  grow  loan  and  deposit  balances.  We  will  continue  to  be  highly  selective  as  we  explore  opportunities  for  establishing
additional  strategically  located  branches  in  markets  that  present  significant  opportunity  for  multifamily  and  commercial  real  estate
lending, single family residential lending, and high net worth consumer and business banking relationships.

Market Area

Our operations are primarily concentrated in demographically desirable major metropolitan areas on the West Coast located in the states of
California, Washington and Oregon. We have ten full service branches in California located in Sonoma, Marin, Santa Clara, and Los Angeles
Counties and one full service branch in Washington located in King County. We also operate six loan production offices located throughout
California, as well as a loan production office in Clackamas County, Oregon. We are most active in the following metropolitan areas: Santa
Rosa (Sonoma County), Los Angeles, San Francisco, San Jose, San Diego, and Seattle. We are seeking to more deeply penetrate these
markets, and other major metropolitan markets that share key demographic characteristics with our markets. In late 2021, we added a loan
officer dedicated to expanding our geographical reach to Arizona, Colorado and Utah.

Competition

We operate in a highly competitive industry and in highly competitive markets throughout the western United States. While our commercial
real  estate  and  jumbo  single  family  residential  focuses  require  significant  expertise  to  perform  efficiently,  competition  in  commercial  real
estate lending is keen from large banking institutions with national operations and mid-sized regional banking institutions, while in the single
family  lending  market,  we  face  competition  from  a  wide  array  of  institutions.  We  compete  with  other  community  banks,  credit  unions,
mortgage  companies,  insurance  companies,  finance  companies,  as  well  as  other  kinds  of  financial  institutions  and  enterprises,  such  as
securities firms, insurance companies, private lenders and nontraditional competitors such as fintech companies and internet-based lenders,
depositories and payment systems. The primary factors driving competition for deposits are customer service, interest rates, fees charged,
branch locations and hours, online and mobile banking functionality, the range of products offered and the reputation/public perception of an
institution. The primary factors driving competition for our lending products are customer service, range of products offered, price, reputation,
and quality of execution. We believe the Bank is a strong competitor in our markets; however, other competitors have advantages over us.
Among the advantages that many of these large institutions have over the Bank are their abilities to finance extensive advertising campaigns,
maintain extensive branch networks, generate fee and other noninterest income, make larger technology investments and offer services that
we do not offer. The higher capitalization of the larger institutions permits them to provide higher lending limits than we can, although our
current lending limit is able to accommodate the credit needs of most of our borrowers. Some of these competitors have other advantages,
such as tax exemption in the case of credit unions, and to some extent, lesser regulation in the case of mortgage companies and finance
companies.

Our primary multifamily competitor is JPMorgan Chase & Co. Additional competitors include, but are not limited to, Pacific Premier Bancorp,
Inc., First Foundation, Inc., Homestreet Bank and Umpqua Bank. Our primary single family lending competitors in our markets are MUFG
Union  Bank,  N.A.,  Fremont  Bank,  WaFd  Bank,  Florida  Capital  Bank,  various  non-bank  mortgage  lenders,  and  large  national  banks.  Our
primary deposit competitors are local regional banks, community banks, numerous credit unions and large national banks.

Lending Activities

The primary components of our loan portfolio are multifamily and commercial real estate loans and single family residential loans, primarily
jumbo loans which do not meet the requirements for conforming loans.

6

Table of Contents

• Multifamily and Commercial Real Estate Lending.

Our commercial real estate loans consist primarily of first mortgage loans made for the purpose of purchase, refinance or build-out of
tenant  improvements  on  investor  owned  multifamily  residential  (five  or  more  units)  properties.  We  also  provide  loans  for  the
purchase, refinance or improvement of office, retail and light industrial properties.

Our  underwriting  guidelines  for  multifamily  and  other  commercial  real  estate  loans  require  a  thorough  analysis  of  the  financial
performance, cash flows, loan to value and debt service coverage ratios, as well as the physical characteristics of the property being
financed and which will stand as collateral for the loan, as well as the financial condition and global cash flows of the borrower and
any guarantor or other secondary source of repayment. We also closely review the experience of the borrower and its principals in
the  ownership,  successful  management  and  financing  of  multifamily  residential  rental  properties  or  other  rental  commercial  real
estate, as well as their reputation for quality business practices and financial responsibility.

The location of the property is a primary factor in the Bank’s multifamily lending. We focus on markets with a high barrier to entry for
new development, where there is a limited supply of new housing and where there is a high variance between the cost to rent and
the cost to own. Our core lending areas are currently defined as:

•

Alameda, Contra Costa, Los Angeles, Marin, Napa, Orange, San Diego, San Francisco, San Mateo, Santa Barbara, Santa
Clara, Sonoma and Ventura counties in California;

• Clark, King, Kitsap, Pierce and Snohomish counties in Washington;

• Clackamas, Multnomah and Washington counties in Oregon:

• Maricopa county in Arizona;

• Denver and Arapahoe counties in Colorado; and

• Davis, Salt Lake, Utah and Weber counties in Utah.

Our extended core lending areas are currently defined as:

•

•

•

El Dorado, Monterey, Placer, Riverside, Sacramento, San Bernardino, San Luis Obispo, Santa Cruz and Solano counties in
California;

Spokane and Thurston counties in Washington; and

Lane and Marion counties in Oregon.

We may re-evaluate and revise the definitions of our core and extended core areas from time to time. Non-core markets include all
markets in California, Washington and Oregon not categorized as core or extended core.

We  make  multifamily  loans  on  a  recourse  or  nonrecourse  basis.  We  may  require  borrowers  to  provide  personal  guarantees  in  a
variety  of  circumstances,  including  where  a  borrower  lacks  sufficient  property  ownership  and  management  experience,  or  where
specific loan characteristics do not meet our stringent underwriting criteria, including but not limited to loans with higher loan to value
ratios or lower debt service coverage ratios. Loans on other commercial real estate are generally made on a comparable basis.

Our multifamily loans typically have a 30-year term, while our nonresidential commercial property loans have a 30-year amortization
period, and are typically due in ten years. For commercial real estate, we offer adjustable rate loans based on Treasury indices, with
an  adjustable  rate,  5-year  hybrid  product  being  our  most  common  multifamily  loan  product  type.  Historically,  our  multifamily
adjustable rate loans were originated primarily using the LIBOR index; however, use of this index was discontinued during 2019. We
seek to have interest rates on all of our commercial loans adjust or reprice no later than ten years after origination, and quarterly or
semi-annually thereafter, but our ability to obtain this term is subject to the effects of market competition, customer preferences and
other factors beyond our control.

Our multifamily loans and other commercial real estate loans are primarily originated on a retail basis, through the marketing efforts
of our bankers and loan production offices, and to a lesser extent, are originated on a wholesale basis, through a network of brokers.
We intend to maintain a balance of both retail and wholesale loan originations, while tailoring our approach to the characteristics of
each particular

7

Table of Contents

market. While our multifamily and other commercial real estate loans are generally held in portfolio, we may at times sell pools of
loans as a means of managing our loan product concentrations, liquidity position, capital levels and/or interest rate risk.

•

Single Family Residential Lending.

Our single family residential lending provides loans for the purchase or refinance of 1-4 family residential properties. The financed
properties may be owner-occupied, or investor owned, and may be a primary residence, a second home or vacation property, or an
investment property.

We currently originate substantially all of our single family residential loans through a network of wholesale brokers. We monitor and
regularly review our broker relationships for regulatory compliance, integrity, competence and level of activity. The primary products
offered are 3, 5, 7, and 10-year variable rate hybrid loans and, to a lesser extent, the Grow and Daisy loan products described below.

The markets in which we make single family residential loans have historically been the same core and extended core markets in
which  we  make  multifamily  residential  and  commercial  real  estate  loans.  These  areas  have  been  characterized  by  robust  job
markets, strong single family residential demand, high average housing cost, and concentrations of professional, highly skilled and
high income workers, entrepreneurs and other high net worth individuals. These characteristics have provided a strong market for
our jumbo mortgage products. Our loans are underwritten to our financial parameters of loan to value and debt to income ratios. Our
underwriting includes a thorough analysis of the borrower’s ability to repay the loan, based on reviews of information regarding the
borrower’s  income,  cash  flow  and  wealth.  This  analysis  enables  us  to  provide  loans  to  professionals,  business  owners  and
entrepreneurs who may not have a constant, readily documentable earnings stream, but substantial assets, income and wealth. Our
platform and niche lending offerings are designed to meet the needs of the high demand, low supply residential real estate market in
high cost market areas, and are focused on delivering certainty of execution. Our single family residential loans are generally held in
portfolio, although we reserve the right to sell any loan at any time.

• Grow and Daisy.

We  also  offer  a  portfolio  30-year  fixed  rate  first  mortgage  and  a  forgivable  second  mortgage  designed  to  make  home  ownership
possible  and  affordable  even  in  our  high  cost  markets.  Our  ‘‘Grow’’  program  is  designed  as  a  conventional,  community  lending
mortgage,  up  to  the  conforming  loan  amount,  that  offers  underwriting  flexibility  to  low-  and  moderate-income  borrowers  and
borrowers  purchasing  properties  located  in  low-  or  moderate-  income  communities.  Loans  in  this  program  are  30-year  fixed  rate
mortgages made on owner-occupied single family (one and two unit) properties, including condominiums. Pricing on this product is
competitive at market rate.

In conjunction with the Grow program, we also offer a down payment and closing cost assistance product, called ‘‘Daisy.’’ Under the
Daisy program, eligible borrowers may take advantage of our second lien loan that provides up to two percent of the purchase price
with  an  additional  one  percent  for  non-recurring  closing  costs  to  assist  first  time  homebuyers  when  utilizing  Grow,  our  first  lien
program. The loan has a term of 36 months with no payment required during the term of the Daisy loan. Daisy loans are not recorded
as assets, but are instead expensed upon origination given their fully forgivable nature.

Loans under the Grow and Daisy programs help meet compelling needs in our communities, but may be associated with higher loan
to value and combined loan to value ratios when compared to our standard portfolio products.

Investment Activities

Our investment securities portfolio is primarily maintained as an on-balance sheet contingent source of liquidity. It provides additional interest
income and has limited interest rate risk and credit risk. Other than certain securities purchased for Community Reinvestment Act ("CRA")
purposes, we generally classify all of our investment securities as available for sale. Our investment policy authorizes investment primarily in
U.S.  Treasury  securities,  U.S.  Agency  mortgage  and  loan  backed  securities  and  certain  CRA  qualifying  investments.  For  purposes  of  our
investment  policy,  U.S.  Agencies  are  the  Small  Business  Administration  ("SBA"),  the  National  Credit  Union  Administration  ("NCUA"),  the
Government National Mortgage Association ("GNMA"), the Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac"), the Federal National
Mortgage Association ("Fannie Mae"), the Federal Farm Credit

8

Table of Contents

Banks Funding Corporation and the U.S. Department of Education (guarantee of Sallie Mae securities). Securities issued by the SBA, NCUA
and GNMA are backed by the full faith and credit of the federal government.

Funding Activities

Deposits.

We  offer  a  wide  array  of  deposit  products  for  individuals  and  businesses,  including  interest  and  noninterest-bearing  transaction  accounts,
certificates  of  deposit  ("CD")  and  money  market  accounts.  We  provide  a  high  level  of  customer  service  to  our  depositors.  As  a  means  of
supplementing  our  strategically  located  branch  network,  we  offer  our  consumer  customers  unlimited  free  ATM  access  worldwide  on  the
MoneyPass  and  Allpoint  networks.  Our  strategy  has  produced  a  stable  customer  and  depositor  base.  We  have  invested  in  personnel,
business and compliance processes and technology that enable us to acquire, and efficiently and effectively serve, a wide array of business
deposit accounts, while continuing to provide the level of customer service for which we are known to our depositors.

Our deposits are currently acquired primarily through our branch network on a retail basis from high net worth individuals, professionals and
their businesses, who value our financial strength, stability, high level of service and competitive interest rates. We have expanded our focus
to leverage our relationships and serve business and individuals with a broader array of deposit, card and cash management products. We
intend  to  increase  our  digital  marketing  presence  to  attract  deposits  within  a  wider  geographic  band  surrounding  our  existing  branch
locations.

We  currently  offer  a  comprehensive  range  of  business  deposit  products  and  services  to  assist  with  the  banking  needs  of  our  business
customers, from a basic reserve account (savings and CD products) to integrated operating accounts with cash management capacity. Our
online banking platform allows a customer to view balances, initiate payments, pay bills and set up custom alerts/statements. Online wires,
ACH and remote capture are additional account features available to qualified businesses. Our debit cards allow access to cash worldwide
as a result of our membership in major ATM networks. We also provide online and mobile banking products to our depositors, to complement
our branch network.

We  grow  our  deposits  by  cross-selling  business  deposit  relationships  to  our  existing  consumer  customers  who  are  business  owners,  and
consumer  and  business  accounts  to  our  multifamily  and  single  family  loan  borrowers  and  by  obtaining  new  individual  and  business
customers, including specialty deposit customers, such as fiduciary services providers, 1031 exchange companies, unions, nonprofits and
California-licensed  cannabis  businesses.  Our  cross-selling  efforts  to  existing  customers  are  strategically  targeted,  based  on  our  in  depth
analyses of our customers’ overall financial situation, global cash flows, financial resources and banking requirements. We believe there is
additional capacity to expand deposit and lending relationships on this basis.

We  supplement  customer  deposits  with  wholesale,  or  brokered,  deposits  where  necessary  to  fund  loan  demand  prior  to  raising  additional
customer deposits, or where desirable from a cost or liability maturity standpoint. Our current policy limits the use of wholesale deposits in
accordance with our risk appetite level as determined by our board of directors.

Borrowings.

We supplement the funding provided by our deposit accounts with other borrowings at the Bank level from the Federal Home Loan Bank of
San Francisco ("FHLB") to enable us to fund loans and to meet liquidity needs. We also maintain a line of credit at the Federal Reserve Bank
of San Francisco ("FRB") Discount Window, which is generally not used but provides an additional source of funding, if necessary. The use of
FHLB borrowings can vary significantly from period to period, as the ability to originate loans may outpace the ability to obtain core deposits
at acceptable rates and in comparable amounts.

Risk Management

We believe that effective risk management is of primary importance. Risk management refers to the activities by which we identify, measure,
monitor,  evaluate  and  manage  the  risks  we  face  in  the  course  of  our  banking  activities.  These  include  liquidity,  interest  rate,  credit,
operational, compliance, regulatory, strategic, financial and reputational risk exposures. Our board of directors and management team have
created a risk-conscious culture that is focused on quality growth, which starts with capable and experienced risk management teams and
infrastructure capable of addressing the evolving risks we face, as well as the changing regulatory and compliance landscape. Our risk

9

Table of Contents

management approach employs comprehensive policies and processes to establish robust governance and emphasizes personal ownership
and accountability for risk with all our employees. We believe a disciplined and conservative underwriting approach has been the key to our
strong asset quality.

Our  board  of  directors  sets  the  tone  at  the  top  of  our  organization,  adopting  and  overseeing  the  implementation  of  our  Bank’s  risk
management framework, which establishes our overall risk appetite and risk management strategy. The board of directors approves our Risk
Appetite  Statement,  which  includes  risk  policies,  procedures,  limits,  targets  and  reporting,  structured  to  guide  decisions  regarding  the
appropriate balance between risk and return considerations in our business. Our board of directors receives periodic reporting on risks and
control environment effectiveness and monitors risk levels in relation to the approved risk appetite. The Audit & Risk Committee of our board
of  directors  provides  oversight  of  all  enterprise  risk  management.  The  Executive  Committee  of  management  is  charged  with  identifying,
managing and controlling key risks that threaten our ability to achieve our strategic initiatives and goals.

Credit risk is the risk that borrowers or counterparties will be unable or unwilling to repay their obligations in accordance with the underlying
contractual terms and the risk that credit collateral will suffer significant deterioration in market value. We manage and control credit risk in
our  loan  portfolio  by  adhering  to  well-defined  underwriting  criteria  and  account  administration  standards  established  by  management  and
approved by the board of directors. Written credit policies document underwriting standards, approval levels, exposure limits and other limits
or  standards  deemed  necessary  and  prudent.  Portfolio  diversification  at  the  obligor,  product  and  geographic  levels  is  actively  managed  to
mitigate concentration risk. In addition, credit risk management includes an independent credit review process that assesses compliance with
commercial real estate and consumer credit policies, risk rating standards and other critical credit information. In addition to implementing
risk  management  practices  that  are  based  upon  established  and  sound  lending  practices,  we  adhere  to  sound  credit  principles.  We
understand and evaluate our customers’ borrowing needs and capacity to repay, in conjunction with their character and history. The Bank’s
Credit  Council,  which  includes  our  President  and  Chief  Executive  Officer,  our  Chief  Credit  Officer,  Chief  Financial  Officer  and  Chief  Risk
Officer, is responsible for ensuring that the Bank has an effective credit risk management program and credit risk rating system, adheres to
our board’s Risk Appetite Statement, and maintains an adequate allowance for loan losses. Our management and board of directors place
significant focus on maintaining a healthy risk profile and ensuring sustainable growth. Our risk appetite seeks to balance the risks necessary
to achieve our strategic goals while ensuring that our risks are appropriately managed and remain within our defined limits.

Our  management  of  interest  rate  and  liquidity  risk  is  overseen  by  our  Asset  and  Liability  Council,  which  is  chaired  by  our  Chief  Financial
Officer,  based  on  a  risk  management  infrastructure  approved  by  our  board  of  directors  that  outlines  reporting  and  measurement
requirements.  In  particular,  this  infrastructure  reviews  financial  performance,  trends,  and  significant  variances  to  budget;  reviews  and
recommends for board approval risk limits and tolerances; reviews ongoing monitoring and reporting regarding our performance with respect
to  these  areas  of  risk,  including  compliance  with  board-approved  risk  limits  and  stress-testing;  reviews  and  recommends  to  the  Executive
Committee for approval any changes to theories, mathematics, methodologies, assumptions, and data output for models used to measure
these  risks;  ensures  annual  back-testing  and  independent  validation  of  models  at  a  frequency  commensurate  with  risk  level;  reviews  all
hedging strategies and recommends changes as appropriate; reviews and recommends our contingency funding plan; recommends to the
Executive  Committee  proposed  wholesale  borrowing  limits  to  be  submitted  to  the  board  of  directors  or  its  designated  committee;
recommends to the Executive Committee the proposed terms of any unanticipated long-term borrowing arrangement prior to debt issuance;
develops  recommended  capital  requirements;  and  reviews  information  and  reports  submitted  to  this  council  for  the  purpose  of  identifying,
investigating, and assuring remediation of any potential issues.

Internet Access to Company Documents

The Company provides access to its SEC filings through its web site at www.lutherburbanksavings.com. After accessing the web site, the
filings  are  available  upon  selecting  "About  Us/Investor  Relations/Financials/SEC  Filings."  Reports  available  include  the  annual  report  on
Form  10-K,  quarterly  reports  on  Form  10-Q,  current  reports  on  Form  8-K,  and  all  amendments  to  those  reports  as  soon  as  reasonably
practicable  after  the  reports  are  electronically  filed  with  or  furnished  to  the  SEC.  Further,  the  SEC  maintains  an  internet  site  that  contains
reports, proxy and information statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov.
All website addresses given in this document are for information only and are not intended to be an active link or to incorporate any website
information into this document.

10

Table of Contents

Luther Burbank Corporation Foundation

In  2017,  we  established  the  Luther  Burbank  Corporation  Foundation  ("Foundation")  which  was  granted  501(c)(3)  status  by  the  Internal
Revenue Service ("IRS"). The Foundation is an all-volunteer organization primarily funded by the Company, as well as from our directors and
a corporate giving program that matches employee donations. The Foundation focuses its activities in our communities on the three priority
areas of (1) social and human services; (2) community development; and (3) education.

Human Capital

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, we had 281 and 277 employees, respectively, nearly all of whom are full-time. As a financial institution,
approximately  27%  of  our  employees  are  employed  at  our  branch  and  loan  production  offices.  The  remaining  portion  of  our  employees
generally work from our administrative offices in Northern and Southern California. Our business is highly dependent on the success of our
employees, who provide value to our customers and communities through their dedication to our mission, which is to improve the financial
future of our customers, employees and shareholders. Our core values are based on acting ethically and with integrity to provide superior
service to our customers and each other with the goal of achieving our mantra that “you’re worth more here”. To further promote our core
values, we acknowledge and reward employees throughout the year that exemplify these values.

We seek to hire well-qualified employees who are also a good fit for our value system. In 2021 and 2020, 44% and 47%, respectively, of our
new hires were from an employee referral. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, our employee voluntary turnover ratios
were 16% and 13%, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, 52% and 42%, respectively, of our employees were employed with us
for five years or longer. Our selection and promotion processes are without bias and include the active recruitment of minorities and women.
During the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, individuals from underrepresented groups filled 61% and 62%, respectively, of the
Company's  promotions  and  hirings,  increasing  from  52%  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2019.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  women
represented 67% of our workforce and 63% of our executive management team. As of December 31, 2021, the population of our workforce,
based on employee self-reported information or Human Resources’ observation, was as follows:

(a) Minorities are defined as all U.S. Equal Employment Opportunity Commission categories other than white.

We  strive  to  provide  a  competitive  compensation  and  benefits  program  to  help  meet  the  needs  of  our  employees.  In  addition  to  salaries,
these programs include incentive compensation plans, stock awards, a 401(k) Plan with an employer matching contribution, healthcare and
insurance benefits, health savings and flexible spending accounts, paid time off, family leave and an employee assistance program.

The  safety,  health  and  wellness  of  our  employees  is  a  top  priority.  During  both  2021  and  2020,  the  COVID-19  pandemic  has  presented  a
unique challenge with regard to maintaining employee safety while performing our daily operations. Through teamwork and the adaptability of
our  management  and  staff,  we  have  safely  transitioned  the  majority  of  our  non-branch  employees  to  remote  working  arrangements.  In
addition,  because  financial  institutions  have  been  designated  as  an  essential  component  of  our  nation’s  critical  infrastructure,  all  of  our
branches  have  remained  open  throughout  the  pandemic.  To  limit  our  branch  employees'  exposure  to  risks  related  to  COVID-19,  we  have
expanded  our  phone  support  systems  and  enhanced  branch  safety  protocols.  In  recognition  of  the  demands  on  families  caused  by  the
pandemic and other related precautionary measures, our employees are also being permitted to utilize a flexible work schedule to maintain
our Company's productivity while fulfilling personal

11

Table of Contents

responsibilities. We have also provided other benefits such as wellness allowances for customer facing employees, as well as paid time off
and counseling services for employees requiring additional assistance. On an ongoing basis, we further promote the health and wellness of
our  employees  by  strongly  encouraging  work-life  balance,  keeping  the  employee  portion  of  health  care  premiums  to  a  minimum  and
sponsoring various educational and wellness programs.

Item 1A. Risk Factors

In the course of our business operations, we are exposed to numerous risks, some of which are inherent in the financial services industry
and others of which are more specific to our own business. The discussion below addresses the material factors, of which we are currently
aware,  that  could  affect  our  business,  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  The  risk  factors  below  should  not  be  considered  a
complete list of potential risks that we may face. Any risk factor described in this Form 10-K or in any of our SEC filings could by itself, or
together with other factors, materially adversely affect our liquidity, competitive position, reputation, results of operations, capital position or
financial condition, including by materially increasing our expenses or decreasing our revenues, which could result in material losses.

Some statements in these risk factors constitute forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Please refer to the section
entitled "Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements."

Economic and Market Conditions Risk
Our business and operations may be materially adversely affected by weak economic conditions. Our business and operations, which
primarily consist of banking activities, including lending money to customers in the form of real estate secured loans and borrowing money
from customers in the form of deposits, are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. generally, and on the West
Coast  in  particular,  which  may  differ  from  economic  conditions  in  the  U.S.  as  a  whole.  If  economic  conditions  in  the  U.S.  or  any  of  our
markets weaken, our growth and profitability from our operations could be constrained. In addition, economic and political conditions could
affect the stability of global financial markets, which could hinder economic growth. Our business is also significantly affected by monetary
and  related  policies  of  the  U.S.  federal  government  and  its  agencies.  Changes  in  any  of  these  policies  are  influenced  by  macroeconomic
conditions  and  other  factors  that  are  beyond  our  control.  Adverse  economic  conditions  caused  by  inflation,  recession,  acts  of  terrorism,
outbreak  of  hostilities  or  other  international  or  domestic  occurrences  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  conflict  in  Ukraine  and  related
developments, pandemics, unemployment, changes in securities markets, declines in the housing market, a tightening credit environment or
other  factors,  and  U.S.  and  foreign  government  policy  responses  to  such  conditions  including,  but  not  limited  to,  sanctions,  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our business and operations may be materially adversely affected by the continuing COVID-19 pandemic, and the ultimate impact
will  depend  on  highly  uncertain  future  developments,  including  the  scope  and  duration  of  the  pandemic  and  actions  taken  by
governmental authorities in response to the pandemic. Since March 13, 2020, the U.S. has been operating under a state of emergency
declared  in  response  to  the  spread  of  COVID-19.  Many  local  and  state  governments,  including  the  State  of  California,  have  also  taken
actions in response to the COVD-19 pandemic. We are sensitive to general business and economic conditions in the U.S. generally, and on
the West Coast in particular. The duration and impacts of the pandemic and governmental authorities’ responses to it are not yet known or
knowable. Circumstances related to the COVID-19 pandemic and related events continue to change quickly. The spread of COVID-19, the
emergence of new variants, and government responses to the pandemic and such variants, have resulted in increased volatility in financial
markets and the closure, at times, of non-essential businesses in our markets. The extent of COVID-19’s impact on us is unpredictable and
depends  on  a  number  of  factors  outside  of  our  control,  such  as  the  scope  and  duration  of  the  pandemic,  the  nature  and  scope  of  any
resulting economic downturn, the emergence of COVID-19 variants, customer response, and actions that governmental authorities may take
in response to the pandemic. Given the ongoing and dynamic nature of the circumstances, it is not possible to predict the ultimate impact of
the pandemic on our stock price, business prospects, financial condition or results of operations. COVID-19, and governmental authorities’
responses  to  it,  may  also  result  in  prolonged  adverse  economic  conditions  which  could  constrain  our  growth  and  profitability  from  our
operations, and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Uncertainty regarding, and the phasing out of, LIBOR may adversely affect our results of operations. We have financial instruments
that are priced based on variable interest rates tied to LIBOR. On July 27, 2017, the United Kingdom’s Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”)
announced that it intends to stop persuading or compelling

12

Table of Contents

banks to submit LIBOR rates after 2021. On November 30, 2020, to facilitate an orderly LIBOR transition, the Office of the Comptroller of the
Currency ("OCC"), the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation ("FDIC"), and the Federal Reserve jointly announced that entering into new
contacts using LIBOR as a reference rate after December 31, 2021 would create a safety and soundness risk. On March 5, 2021, the FCA
announced  that  all  LIBOR  settings  will  either  cease  to  be  provided  by  any  administrator  or  no  longer  be  representative  immediately  after
December  31,  2021,  in  the  case  of  1-week  and  2-month  U.S.  dollar  LIBOR,  and  immediately  after  June  30,  2023,  in  the  case  of  the
remaining  U.S.  dollar  LIBOR  settings.  In  the  United  States,  efforts  to  identify  a  set  of  alternative  U.S.  dollar  reference  interest  rates  are
ongoing,  and  the  Alternative  Reference  Rate  Committee  (“ARRC”)  has  recommended  the  use  of  the  Secured  Overnight  Financing  Rate
("SOFR"). SOFR is different from LIBOR in that it is a backward looking secured rate rather than a forward looking unsecured rate. These
differences could lead to a greater disconnect between our costs to raise funds for SOFR as compared to LIBOR. For cash products and
loans,  the  ARRC  has  also  recommended  Term  SOFR,  which  is  a  forward  looking  SOFR  based  on  SOFR  futures  and  may  in  part  reduce
differences between SOFR and LIBOR.

As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  had  $710.2  million  of  loans,  $335.2  million  of  investments,  $61.9  million  of  junior  subordinated  deferrable
interest debentures and $5.9 million of other assets that were indexed to LIBOR. There are also operational issues which may create a delay
in the transition to SOFR or other substitute indices, leading to uncertainty across the industry. The implementation of a substitute index or
indices  for  the  calculation  of  interest  rates  under  our  loan  agreements  with  our  borrowers  may  cause  significant  expenses  in  effecting  the
transition,  may  result  in  reduced  loan  balances  if  borrowers  do  not  accept  the  substitute  index  or  indices,  and  may  result  in  disputes  or
litigation with customers over the appropriateness or comparability to LIBOR of the substitute index or indices, which could have an adverse
effect on our results of operations. These consequences cannot be entirely predicted and could have an adverse impact on the market value
for or value of LIBOR-linked securities, loans, and other financial obligations or extensions of credit held by or due to us.

Interest Rate Risk
We are subject to interest rate risk, which could adversely affect our profitability. Our profitability, like that of most financial institutions,
depends to a large extent on our net interest income, which is the difference between our interest income on interest-earning assets, such as
loans and investment securities, and our interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits and borrowings.

Interest rates are highly sensitive to many factors that are beyond our control, including general economic conditions and policies of various
governmental and regulatory agencies and, in particular, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System, or the Federal Reserve.
Changes in monetary policy, including changes in interest rates, could influence not only the interest we receive on loans and securities and
the interest we pay on deposits and borrowings, but such changes could affect our ability to originate loans and obtain deposits, the fair value
of our financial assets and liabilities, and the average duration of our assets. The Federal Reserve has indicated that it intends to increase
interest rates in 2022. If the interest rates paid on deposits and other borrowings increase at a faster rate than the interest rates received on
loans and other investments, our net interest income, and therefore earnings, could be adversely affected. Earnings could also be adversely
affected  if  the  interest  rates  received  on  loans  and  other  investments  fall  more  quickly  than  the  interest  rates  paid  on  deposits  and  other
borrowings. Any substantial, unexpected or prolonged change in market interest rates could have a material adverse impact on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Our interest sensitivity profile was liability sensitive as of December 31, 2021. When short-term interest rates rise, the rate of interest we pay
on our interest-bearing liabilities, such as deposits, may rise more quickly than the rate of interest that we receive on our interest-earning
assets, such as loans, which may cause our net interest income to decrease. Additionally, a shrinking yield premium between short-term and
long-term  market  interest  rates,  a  pattern  typically  indicative  of  investors'  waning  expectations  of  future  growth  and  inflation,  commonly
referred to as a flattening of the yield curve, as well as an inverted yield curve, where long-term debt instruments have a lower yield than
short-term debt instruments of the same credit quality, typically reduce our profit margin since we borrow at shorter terms than the terms at
which we lend and invest.

An  increase  in  interest  rates  could  also  have  a  negative  impact  on  our  results  of  operations  by  reducing  the  ability  of  borrowers  to  repay
current loan obligations. These circumstances could not only result in increased loan defaults, foreclosures and charge-offs, but also reduce
collateral  values  and  necessitate  further  increases  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses,  which  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

13

Table of Contents

Credit Risk
We  are  subject  to  credit  risk,  which  could  adversely  impact  our  profitability.  Our  business  depends  on  our  ability  to  successfully
measure and manage credit risk. As a lender, we are exposed to the risk that the principal of, or interest on, a loan will not be paid timely or
at all or that the value of any collateral supporting a loan will be insufficient to cover our outstanding exposure. In addition, we are exposed to
risks with respect to the period of time over which the loan may be repaid, risks relating to loan underwriting, risks resulting from changes in
economic and industry conditions, and risks inherent in dealing with individual loans and borrowers. The creditworthiness of a borrower is
affected  by  many  factors  including  local  market  conditions  and  general  economic  conditions.  If  the  overall  economic  climate  experiences
material disruption, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans, the collateral we hold may decrease in value or become
illiquid, and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require significant additional provisions for loan
losses.  Additional  factors  related  to  the  credit  quality  of  multifamily  residential  and  other  commercial  real  estate  (“CRE”)  loans  include  the
quality of management of the business and tenant vacancy rates.

Our risk management practices, such as monitoring the concentration of our loans within specific markets and product types and our credit
approval, review and administrative practices, may not adequately reduce credit risk, and our credit administration personnel, policies and
procedures  may  not  adequately  adapt  to  changes  in  economic  or  any  other  conditions  affecting  customers  and  the  quality  of  the  loan
portfolio. Many of our loans are made to small businesses that are less able to withstand competitive, economic and financial pressures than
larger borrowers. Consequently, we may have significant exposure if any of these borrowers become unable to pay their loan obligations as a
result of economic or market conditions, or personal circumstances, such as divorce, unemployment or death. A failure to effectively measure
and  limit  the  credit  risk  associated  with  our  loan  portfolio  may  result  in  loan  defaults,  foreclosures  and  additional  charge-offs,  and  may
necessitate that we significantly increase our allowance for loan losses, each of which could adversely affect our net income. As a result, our
inability to successfully manage credit risk could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our  multifamily  residential  and  other  commercial  real  estate  loan  portfolios  may  carry  significant  credit  risk.  Our  loan  portfolio
consists primarily of multifamily residential and, to a lesser extent, other CRE loans, which are primarily secured by industrial, office and retail
properties. As of December 31, 2021, our multifamily residential loans totaled $4.2 billion, or 66.9% of our loan portfolio, and our other CRE
loans totaled $187.1 million, or 3.0% of our loan portfolio. Nonperforming multifamily residential loans were $505 thousand at December 31,
2021.  There  were  no  nonperforming  other  CRE  loans  at  December  31,  2021.  CRE  loans  may  carry  significant  credit  risk  because  they
typically involve large loan balances concentrated with a single borrower or groups of related borrowers. The payment on these loans that
are secured by income-producing properties are typically dependent on the successful operation of the related real estate property and may
subject  us  to  risks  from  adverse  conditions  in  the  real  estate  market  or  the  general  economy.  Investment  in  these  properties  by  our
customers  is  influenced  by  prices  and  return  on  investment,  as  well  as  changes  to  applicable  laws  regarding,  among  other  things,  rent
control,  moratoriums  on  evictions  for  non-payment,  personal  and  corporate  tax  reform,  pass-through  rules,  immigration  and  fiscal  and
economic policy. The collateral securing these loans typically cannot be liquidated as easily as single family residential (“SFR”) real estate,
which may lead to longer holding periods. If these properties become less attractive investments, demand for our loans would decrease. In
addition, unexpected deterioration in the credit quality of our multifamily residential or other CRE loan portfolios could require us to increase
our allowance for loan losses, which would reduce our profitability and could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and
results of operations.

We are subject to increasing credit risk as a result of the COVID-19 pandemic, which could adversely impact our profitability. We
are exposed to credit risks with respect to the risks resulting from changes in economic and industry conditions and risks inherent in dealing
with  individual  loans  and  borrowers.  To  the  extent  the  economic  climate  in  the  U.S.  generally,  and  in  our  market  areas  specifically,
experiences material disruption due to the continuing COVID-19 pandemic, our borrowers may experience difficulties in repaying their loans
and governmental actions may preclude our ability to initiate foreclosure proceedings in certain circumstances, and as a result, the collateral
we hold may decrease in value or become illiquid, and the level of nonperforming loans, charge-offs and delinquencies could rise and require
significant additional provisions for loan losses. Additional factors related to the credit quality of investor owned SFR, multifamily residential
and other CRE loans include the duration of state and local moratoriums on evictions for non-payment of rent or other fees. Our inability to
successfully  manage  the  increased  credit  risk  caused  by  the  continuing  COVID-19  pandemic could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, financial condition and results of operations.

14

Table of Contents

Our allowance for loan losses may be inadequate to absorb probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio, which could
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. We periodically review our allowance for
loan  losses  for  adequacy  considering  historical  loss  experience,  volume  and  types  of  loans,  trends  in  classification,  volume  and  trends  in
delinquencies and non-accrual loans, economic conditions and other pertinent information. The determination of the appropriate level of the
allowance for loan losses is inherently highly subjective and requires us to make significant estimates of and assumptions regarding current
credit risk and future trends, all of which may change materially. Although we endeavor to maintain our allowance for loan losses at a level
adequate to absorb any probable incurred losses inherent in the loan portfolio, these estimates of loan losses are necessarily subjective and
their  accuracy  depends  on  the  outcome  of  future  events.  Inaccurate  management  assumptions,  deterioration  of  economic  conditions
affecting  borrowers,  declines  in  real  estate  values,  new  information  regarding  existing  loans,  identification  of  additional  problem  loans  and
other  factors,  both  within  and  outside  of  our  control,  may  require  us  to  increase  our  allowance  for  loan  losses.  In  addition,  our  regulators
periodically review our loan portfolio and the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses and may require adjustments based upon judgments
that  are  different  than  those  of  management.  Differences  between  our  actual  experience  and  assumptions  and  the  effectiveness  of  our
models could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Lack of seasoning of our loan portfolio could increase risk of credit defaults in the future. As a result of our organic growth over the
past several years, as of December 31, 2021, approximately $4.7 billion, or 75.4%, of the loans in our loan portfolio were originated since
January  1,  2018,  of  which  18.1%  were  from  in-house  refinancings.  In  general,  loans  do  not  begin  to  show  signs  of  credit  deterioration  or
default until they have been outstanding for some period of time, a process referred to as "seasoning." As a result, a portfolio of older loans
will usually behave more predictably than a newer portfolio. Although a significant portion of our multifamily portfolio is refinancings of prior
loans  on  the  same  property,  a  large  portion  of  our  loan  portfolio  is  relatively  new,  and  therefore,  the  current  level  of  delinquencies  and
defaults  may  not  represent  the  level  that  may  prevail  as  the  portfolio  becomes  more  seasoned  and  may  not  serve  as  a  reliable  basis  for
predicting the health and nature of our loan portfolio, including net charge-offs and the ratio of nonperforming assets in the future. Our limited
experience  with  these  loans  does  not  provide  us  with  a  significant  history  pattern  with  which  to  judge  future  collectability  or  performance.
However,  we  believe  that  our  stringent  credit  underwriting  process,  our  ongoing  credit  review  processes,  and  our  history  of  successful
management of our loan portfolio, mitigate these risks. Nevertheless, if delinquencies and defaults increase, we may be required to increase
our provision for loan losses, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our SFR loan portfolio possesses increased risk due to our level of non-conforming loans. Many of the SFR mortgage loans we have
originated consist of loans that do not conform to Fannie Mae or Freddie Mac underwriting guidelines as a result of loan terms, loan size, or
other exceptions from agency underwriting guidelines. Additionally, many of our loans do not meet the qualified mortgage (“QM”) definition
established by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), and therefore, contain additional regulatory and legal risks. In addition,
the secondary market demand for non-conforming and non-QM mortgage loans is generally limited, and consequently, we may experience
difficulties selling non-conforming loans in our portfolio should we decide to do so.

We are exposed to higher credit risk due to relationship exposure with a number of large borrowers. As of December 31, 2021, we
had  25  borrowing  relationships  in  excess  of  $20  million  which  accounted  for  approximately  13.4%  of  our  loan  portfolio.  While  we  are  not
overly dependent on any one of these relationships and while none of these relationships have had any material credit quality issues in the
past,  a  deterioration  of  any  of  these  credit  relationships  could  require  us  to  increase  our  allowance  for  loan  losses  or  result  in  significant
losses to us, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Geographic Concentration and Climate Risk
Our  business  and  operations  are  concentrated  in  California  and  Washington,  and  we  are  more  sensitive  than  our  more
geographically diversified competitors to adverse changes in the local economy. Unlike many of our larger competitors that maintain
significant operations located outside our market areas, substantially all of our customers are individuals and businesses located and doing
business in the states of California and Washington. As of December 31, 2021, approximately 89% of the loans in our portfolio measured by
dollar amount were secured by collateral located in California and 9% of the loans in our portfolio measured by dollar amount were secured
by collateral located in Washington. In addition, 63% of our real estate loans measured by dollar amount, were secured by collateral located
in southern California counties. Therefore, our success will depend upon the general economic conditions in these areas, which we cannot
predict with certainty. As a result, our operations and profitability may be more adversely affected by a local economic downturn than those of
large, more geographically diverse competitors. A downturn in the local economy could make it more difficult for our borrowers to repay their

15

Table of Contents

loans and may lead to loan losses that are not offset by operations in other markets; it may also reduce the ability of depositors to make or
maintain deposits with us. For these reasons, any regional or local economic downturn could have a material adverse effect on our business,
financial condition and results of operations.

Our ability to conduct our business could be disrupted by natural or man-made disasters. A significant number of our offices, and a
significant portion of the real estate securing loans we make, and our borrowers' business operations in general, are located in California.
California  has  had  and  will  continue  to  have  major  earthquakes  in  areas  where  a  significant  portion  of  the  collateral  and  assets  of  our
borrowers are concentrated. California is also prone to natural and climate change related disasters, including fires, mudslides, floods and
other disasters. We have implemented policies and procedures to monitor climate-related risks, specifically flood and wildfire risk, in our loan
portfolio. Additionally, acts of terrorism, war, civil unrest, violence, or other man-made disasters could also cause disruptions to our business
or to the economy as a whole. The occurrence of natural or man-made disasters could destroy, or cause a decline in the value of, mortgaged
properties  that  serve  as  our  collateral  and  increase  the  risk  of  delinquencies,  defaults,  foreclosures  and  losses  on  our  loans,  damage  our
banking facilities and offices, negatively impact regional economic conditions, result in a decline in loan demand and loan originations, result
in drawdowns of deposits by customers impacted by disasters and negatively impact the implementation of our growth strategy.

We have implemented a disaster recovery and business continuity plan that allows us to move critical functions to a backup data center in
the  event  of  a  catastrophe.  Although  this  program  is  tested  periodically,  we  cannot  guarantee  its  effectiveness  in  any  disaster  scenario.
Regardless of the effectiveness of our disaster recovery and business continuity plan, the occurrence of any natural or man-made disaster
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Climate  change  could  have  a  material  negative  impact  on  the  Company  and  customers.  The  Company’s  business,  as  well  as  the
operations and activities of our customers, could be negatively impacted by climate change. Climate change presents both immediate and
long-term  risks  to  the  Company  and  its  customers,  and  these  risks  are  expected  to  increase  over  time.  Climate  change  presents  multi-
faceted risks, including: operational risk from the physical effects of climate events on the Company and its customers’ facilities and other
assets;  credit  risk  from  borrowers  with  significant  exposure  to  climate  risk;  transition  risks  associated  with  the  transition  to  a  less  carbon-
dependent  economy;  and  reputational  risk  from  stakeholder  concerns  about  our  practices  related  to  climate  change  and  the  Company’s
carbon footprint.

Federal  and  state  banking  regulators  and  supervisory  authorities,  investors,  and  other  stakeholders  have  increasingly  viewed  financial
institutions as important in helping to address the risks related to climate change both directly and with respect to their customers, which may
result in financial institutions coming under increased pressure regarding the disclosure and management of their climate risks and related
lending and investment activities. Given that climate change could impose systemic risks upon the financial sector, either via disruptions in
economic activity resulting from the physical impacts of climate change or changes in policies as the economy transitions to a less carbon-
intensive  environment,  the  Company  may  face  regulatory  risk  of  increasing  focus  on  the  Company’s  resilience  to  climate-related  risks,
including  in  the  context  of  stress  testing  for  various  climate  stress  scenarios.  Ongoing  legislative  or  regulatory  uncertainties  and  changes
regarding climate risk management and practices may result in higher regulatory, compliance, credit, and reputational risks and costs.

With the increased importance and focus on climate change, we are making efforts to enhance our governance of climate change-related
risks  and  integrate  climate  considerations  into  our  risk  governance  framework.  Nonetheless,  the  risks  associated  with  climate  change  are
rapidly changing and evolving in an escalating fashion, making them difficult to assess due to limited data and other uncertainties. We could
experience increased expenses resulting from strategic planning, litigation, and technology and market changes, and reputational harm as a
result  of  negative  public  sentiment,  regulatory  scrutiny,  and  reduced  investor  and  stakeholder  confidence  due  to  our  response  to  climate
change and our climate change strategy, which, in turn, could have a material negative impact on our business, results of operations, and
financial condition.

Liquidity Risk
Liquidity  risk  could  impair  our  ability  to  fund  operations  and  meet  our  obligations  as  they  become  due  and  failure  to  maintain
sufficient liquidity could materially adversely affect our growth, business, profitability and financial condition. Liquidity is essential to
our  business.  Liquidity  risk  is  the  potential  that  we  will  be  unable  to  meet  our  obligations  as  they  become  due  because  of  an  inability  to
liquidate assets or obtain adequate funding at a reasonable cost, in a timely manner and without adverse conditions or consequences. We
require sufficient liquidity to fund asset growth, meet customer loan requests, customer deposit maturities and withdrawals, payments on our

16

Table of Contents

debt  obligations  as  they  come  due  and  other  cash  commitments  under  both  normal  operating  conditions  and  other  unpredictable
circumstances, including events causing industry or general financial market stress. Liquidity risk can increase due to a number of factors,
including  an  over-reliance  on  a  particular  source  of  funding  or  market-wide  phenomena  such  as  market  dislocation  and  major  disasters.
Factors that could detrimentally impact access to liquidity sources include, but are not limited to, a decrease in the level of our deposit activity
as  a  result  of  a  downturn  in  the  markets  in  which  our  loans  are  concentrated,  adverse  regulatory  actions  against  us,  or  changes  in  the
liquidity  needs  of  our  depositors.  Market  conditions  or  other  events  could  also  negatively  affect  the  level  or  cost  of  funding,  affecting  our
ongoing  ability  to  accommodate  liability  maturities  and  deposit  withdrawals,  meet  contractual  obligations,  and  fund  asset  growth  and  new
business  transactions  at  a  reasonable  cost,  in  a  timely  manner,  and  without  adverse  consequences.  Our  inability  to  raise  funds  through
deposits, borrowings, the sale of loans, and other sources could have a substantial negative effect on our business, and could result in the
closure of the Bank. Our access to funding sources in amounts adequate to finance our activities or on acceptable terms could be impaired
by  factors  that  affect  our  organization  specifically  or  the  financial  services  industry  or  economy  in  general.  Any  substantial,  unexpected,
and/or prolonged change in the level or cost of liquidity could impair our ability to fund operations and meet our obligations as they become
due and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on customer deposits, advances from the FHLB and brokered deposits to fund our operations. Although we have historically been
able to replace maturing deposits and advances, if desired, we may not be able to replace such funds in the future if our financial condition,
our CRA rating, the financial condition of the FHLB or market conditions change. FHLB borrowings and other current sources of liquidity may
not be available or, if available, sufficient to provide adequate funding for operations.

We may not be able to retain or grow our core deposit base, which could adversely impact our funding costs. Like many financial
institutions,  we  rely  on  customer  deposits  as  our  primary  source  of  funding  for  our  lending  activities,  and  we  continue  to  seek  customer
deposits  to  maintain  this  funding  base.  Our  future  growth  will  largely  depend  on  our  ability  to  retain  and  grow  our  deposit  base.  As  of
December 31, 2021, we had $5.5 billion in deposits and a loan to deposit ratio of 114%, which is higher than the level maintained by many
other banks. As of the same date, using deposit account related information such as tax identification numbers, account vesting and account
size,  we  estimated  that  $1.4  billion  of  our  deposits  exceeded  the  insurance  limits  established  by  the  FDIC.  None  of  our  deposits  are
governmental deposits secured by collateral. Although we have historically maintained a high deposit customer retention rate, these deposits
are  subject  to  potentially  dramatic  fluctuations  in  availability  or  price  due  to  certain  factors  outside  of  our  control,  such  as  increasing
competitive pressures, changes in interest rates and returns on other investment classes, customer perceptions of our financial health and
general reputation, or a loss of confidence by customers in us or the banking sector generally, which could result in significant outflows of
deposits within short periods of time or significant changes in pricing necessary to maintain current customer deposits or attract additional
deposits. Any such loss of funds could result in lower loan originations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Strategic Risk
We may not be able to maintain growth, earnings or profitability consistent with our strategic plan. There can be no assurance that
we will remain profitable in future periods, or, if profitable, that our overall earnings will remain consistent with our prior results of operations,
or increase in the future. Sustainable growth requires that we manage our risks by following prudent loan underwriting standards, balancing
loan  and  deposit  growth  without  materially  increasing  interest  rate  risk  or  compressing  our  net  interest  margin,  maintaining  more  than
adequate  capital  at  all  times,  scaling  technology  platforms,  hiring  and  retaining  qualified  employees,  and  successfully  implementing  our
strategic initiatives. Our failure to maintain a sustainable rate of growth or adequately manage the factors that have contributed to that growth
could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  earnings  and  profitability  and,  therefore  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

We may pursue strategic acquisitions in the future, and we may not be able to overcome risks associated with such transactions.
We may explore opportunities to invest in, or to acquire, other financial institutions and businesses that we believe would complement our
existing  business.  Our  investment  or  acquisition  activities  could  be  material  to  our  business  and  involve  a  number  of  risks  including  the
following:  investing  time  and  incurring  expense  associated  with  identifying  and  evaluating  potential  investments  or  acquisitions  and
negotiating  potential  transactions,  resulting  in  our  attention  being  diverted  from  the  operation  of  our  existing  business;  the  lack  of  history
among  our  management  team  in  working  together  on  acquisitions  and  related  integration  activities;  the  time,  expense  and  difficulty  of
integrating  the  operations  and  personnel  of  the  combined  businesses;  unexpected  asset  quality  problems  with  acquired  companies;
inaccurate estimates and judgments used to evaluate credit, operations, management and market risks with respect to the target institution
or assets; risks of impairment to goodwill;

17

Table of Contents

potential  exposure  to  unknown  or  contingent  liabilities  of  banks  and  businesses  we  acquire;  an  inability  to  realize  expected  synergies  or
returns  on  investment;  potential  disruption  of  our  ongoing  banking  business;  and  loss  of  key  employees  or  key  customers  following  our
investment or acquisition.

We may not be successful in overcoming these risks or other problems encountered in connection with potential investments or acquisitions.
Our  inability  to  overcome  these  risks  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  implement  our  business  strategy  and  enhance
shareholder  value,  which,  in  turn,  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.
Additionally,  if  we  record  goodwill  in  connection  with  any  acquisition,  our  financial  condition  and  results  of  operation  may  be  adversely
affected if that goodwill is subsequently determined to be impaired, which would require us to take an impairment charge.

New lines of business, products, product enhancements or services may subject us to additional risk. From time to time, we may
implement  new  lines  of  business  or  offer  new  products  and  product  enhancements  as  well  as  new  services  within  our  existing  lines  of
business. There are substantial risks and uncertainties associated with these efforts. In developing, implementing or marketing new lines of
business, products, product enhancements or services, we may invest significant time and resources. We may underestimate the appropriate
level of resources or expertise necessary to make new lines of business or products successful or to realize their expected benefits. We may
not  achieve  the  milestones  set  in  initial  timetables  for  the  development  and  introduction  of  new  lines  of  business,  products,  product
enhancements or services, and price and profitability targets may not prove feasible. External factors, such as compliance with regulations,
competitive alternatives and shifting market preferences, may also impact the ultimate implementation of a new line of business or offerings
of  new  products,  product  enhancements  or  services.  Any  new  line  of  business,  product,  product  enhancement  or  service  could  have  a
significant  impact  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  system  of  internal  controls.  We  may  also  decide  to  discontinue  businesses,  products  or
services,  due  to  lack  of  customer  acceptance  or  unprofitability.  Failure  to  successfully  manage  these  risks  in  the  development  and
implementation  of  new  lines  of  business  or  offerings  of  new  products,  product  enhancements  or  services  could  have  a  material  adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Operational Risk
Operational  risks  are  inherent  in  our  business.  Operational  risks  and  losses  can  result  from  internal  and  external  fraud;  gaps  or
weaknesses  in  our  risk  management  or  internal  control  procedures;  errors  by  employees  or  third-parties;  failure  to  document  transactions
properly or to obtain proper authorization; failure to comply with applicable regulatory requirements; failures in the models we utilize and rely
on; equipment failures, including those caused by electrical, telecommunications or other essential utility outages; business continuity and
data  security  system  failures,  including  those  caused  by  computer  viruses,  cyberattacks,  unforeseen  problems  encountered  while
implementing major new computer systems, upgrades to existing systems or inadequate access to data or poor response capabilities in light
of  such  business  continuity  or  data  security  system  failures;  or  the  inadequacy  or  failure  of  systems  and  controls,  including  those  of  our
suppliers or counterparties. Although we have implemented risk controls and loss mitigation actions, and substantial resources are devoted
to developing efficient procedures, identifying and rectifying weaknesses in existing procedures and training staff, there is no assurance that
such actions will be effective in controlling all of the operational risks faced by us. Failure of our risk controls and/or loss mitigation actions
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We rely on third party vendors to provide key components of our business infrastructure. We rely on numerous third parties to provide
us with products and services necessary to maintain our day-to-day operations including, but not limited to, our core processing function and
mortgage  broker  relationships.  Accordingly,  our  operations  are  exposed  to  risk  that  these  vendors  will  not  perform  in  accordance  with  the
contracted  arrangements.  The  failure  of  an  external  vendor  to  perform  in  accordance  with  the  contracted  arrangements  or  service  level
agreements  because  of  changes  in  the  vendor’s  organizational  structure,  financial  condition,  support  for  existing  products  and  services  or
strategic  focus  or  for  any  other  reason,  could  be  disruptive  to  our  operations,  which  in  turn  could  have  a  material  negative  impact  on  our
financial condition and results of operations. We also could be adversely affected to the extent such an agreement is not renewed by the third
party  vendor  or  is  renewed  on  terms  less  favorable  to  us.  Additionally,  the  bank  regulatory  agencies  expect  financial  institutions  to  be
responsible  for  all  aspects  of  our  vendors’  performance,  including  aspects  which  they  delegate  to  third  parties.  As  a  result,  failure  of  third
parties to comply with applicable laws and regulations, or fraud or misconduct on the part of employees of any of these third parties could
disrupt our operations or adversely affect our reputation.

Our business may be adversely affected by an increasing prevalence of fraud and other financial crime. Our Bank is susceptible to
fraudulent activity that may be committed against us or our customers which may result in

18

Table of Contents

financial  losses  or  increased  costs  to  us  or  our  customers,  disclosure  or  misuse  of  our  customer’s  or  our  information,  misappropriation  of
assets,  privacy  breaches  against  our  customers,  litigation  or  damage  to  our  reputation.  Such  fraudulent  activity  may  take  many  forms,
including  wire  fraud,  check  fraud,  electronic  fraud,  phishing,  social  engineering  and  other  dishonest  acts.  While  we  have  not  experienced
material  losses  due  to  apparent  fraud  or  other  financial  crimes,  the  reported  incidents  of  fraud  and  other  financial  crimes  have  increased
overall and there can be no assurance that we will not experience such losses in the future that could have a material adverse effect on our
reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our  operations  could  be  negatively  impacted  if  we  are  unable  to  attract,  retain  and  motivate  skilled  employees.  Our  success
depends,  in  large  part,  on  our  ability  to  retain  key  senior  leaders  and  to  attract  and  retain  skilled  employees,  particularly  employees  with
advanced expertise in credit, risk, and technology. Our success also depends on the experience of our loan officers, branch managers and
bankers and their relationships with the customers and communities they serve. Competition for qualified employees and personnel in the
banking  industry  is  intense  and  the  costs  associated  with  attracting  and  retaining  them  is  high.  Our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  qualified
employees  also  is  affected  by  perceptions  of  our  culture  and  management,  our  reputation  in  the  markets  where  we  operate,  and  the
professional opportunities we offer. If we are unable to attract, develop, and retain talented senior leadership and employees, or to implement
appropriate succession plans for our senior leadership, our business could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to Information Technology, Cybersecurity and Data Privacy
If  the  technology  we  use  in  operating  our  business  fails,  is  unavailable,  or  does  not  operate  to  expectations,  our  business  and
results  of  operations  could  be  adversely  affected.  Our  business  depends  on  the  successful  and  uninterrupted  functioning  of  our
information technology and telecommunications systems. While we have established policies and procedures to prevent or limit the impact of
systems failures and interruptions, there can be no assurance that such events will not occur or that they will be adequately addressed if they
do.  In  addition,  we  outsource  many  aspects  of  our  data  processing  and  other  operational  functions  to  certain  third-party  providers,  of
particular significance is our long-term contract for core data processing with Fiserv. While we select our vendors carefully, we do not control
their actions. If our vendors encounter difficulties, including those resulting from disruptions in communication services provided by a vendor,
failure of a vendor to handle current or higher transaction volumes, cyber-attacks and security breaches, or if we otherwise have difficulty in
communicating with them, our ability to adequately process and account for transactions could be affected, and our ability to deliver products
and services to our customers and otherwise conduct business operations could be adversely impacted. The failure of the systems on which
we rely, or the termination of a third party software license or service agreement on which any of these systems is based, could interrupt our
operations, and we could experience difficulty in implementing replacement solutions.

The  occurrence  of  any  systems  failure  or  interruption  could  damage  our  reputation  and  result  in  a  loss  of  customers  and  business,  could
subject us to regulatory scrutiny, or could expose us to legal liability. Any of these occurrences could have a material adverse impact on our
financial condition and results of operations.

Failure to keep pace with the rapid technological changes in the financial services industry could have a material adverse effect on
our  competitive  position  and  profitability.  The  financial  services  industry  is  undergoing  rapid  technological  changes,  with  frequent
introductions  of  new  technology-driven  products  and  services.  The  effective  use  of  technology  increases  efficiency  and  enables  financial
institutions to better serve customers and reduce costs. Our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to address the needs of our
customers  by  using  technology  to  provide  products  and  services  that  will  satisfy  customer  demands  for  convenience,  as  well  as  to  create
additional  efficiencies  in  our  operations.  Many  of  our  competitors  have  substantially  greater  resources  to  invest  in  technological
improvements than we have. We may not be able to implement new technology-driven products and services effectively or be successful in
marketing these products and services to our customers. Failure to successfully keep pace with technological change affecting the financial
services industry could harm our ability to compete effectively and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
or results of operations. As these technologies are improved in the future, we may be required to make significant capital expenditures in
order to remain competitive, which may increase our overall expenses and have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition
and results of operations.

Any  significant  disruption  in  or  unauthorized  access  to  our  computer  systems  or  those  of  third  parties  that  we  utilize  in  our
operations, including those relating to cybersecurity or arising from cyber-attacks, could result in a loss or degradation of service
or unauthorized disclosure of data, including customer and Company information, which could adversely affect our business. Our
business involves the storage and transmission of customers' proprietary information, and security breaches could expose us to a risk of loss
or misuse of this information, litigation and potential liability. While we have incurred no material cyber-attacks or

19

Table of Contents

security  breaches  to  date,  our  computer  systems  and  those  of  third  parties  we  use  in  our  operations  are  subject  to  cybersecurity  threats,
including,  but  not  limited  to:  destructive  malware,  ransomware,  attempts  to  gain  unauthorized  access  to  systems  or  data,  unauthorized
release  of  confidential  information,  corruption  of  data,  networks  or  systems,  zero-day  attacks  and  malicious  software.  We  have  robust
measures in place to address and mitigate cyber-related risks and continue to invest in the cybersecurity and resiliency of our networks and
to enhance our internal controls and processes, which are designed to protect the security of our computer systems, software, networks and
other  technology  assets  and  the  confidentiality,  integrity  and  availability  of  information  belonging  to  us  or  our  customers.  However,
cybersecurity risk management programs are expensive to maintain and may not be effective against all potential cyber-attacks or security
breaches. Moreover, as technology and cyberattacks change over time, we must continually monitor and change systems to guard against
new threats. We may not know of or be able to guard against a new threat until after an attack has occurred.

A successful penetration or circumvention of the security of our systems, including those of third party providers or other financial institutions,
or the failure to meet regulatory requirements for security of our systems, could cause serious negative consequences, including significant
disruption  of  our  operations,  misappropriation  of  our  confidential  information  or  that  of  our  customers,  or  damage  to  our  computers  or
systems  or  those  of  our  customers  or  counterparties,  significant  increases  in  compliance  costs  (such  as  repairing  systems  or  adding  new
personnel  or  protection  technologies),  and  could  result  in  violations  of  applicable  privacy  and  other  laws,  financial  loss  to  us  or  to  our
customers, loss of confidence in our security measures, customer dissatisfaction, significant litigation and regulatory exposure, and severe
harm to our reputation, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We  are  subject  to  laws  regarding  the  privacy,  information  security  and  protection  of  personal  information  and  any  violation  of
these laws could damage our reputation or otherwise adversely affect our business. Our business requires the collection and retention
of volumes of customer data, including personally identifiable information (“PII”) in various information systems that we maintain and in those
maintained  by  third  party  service  providers.  We  also  maintain  important  internal  company  data  such  as  PII  about  our  employees  and
information relating to our operations. We are subject to complex and evolving laws and regulations regarding the privacy and protection of
PII  of  individuals  (including  customers,  employees,  and  other  third  parties)  including  the  Gramm-Leach-Bliley  Act  and  the  California
Consumer Privacy Act. Various federal and state banking regulators and states have also enacted data breach notification requirements with
varying  levels  of  individual,  consumer,  regulatory  or  law  enforcement  notification  in  the  event  of  a  security  breach.  Ensuring  that  our
collection, use, transfer and storage of PII complies with all applicable laws and regulations may increase our costs. Furthermore, we may
not be able to ensure that customers and other third parties have appropriate controls in place to protect the confidentiality of the information
that  they  exchange  with  us,  particularly  where  such  information  is  transmitted  by  electronic  means.  If  personal,  confidential  or  proprietary
information of customers or others were to be mishandled or misused (in situations where, for example, such information was erroneously
provided to parties who are not permitted to have the information or where such information was intercepted or otherwise compromised by
third  parties),  we  could  be  exposed  to  litigation  or  regulatory  sanctions  under  privacy  and  data  protection  laws  and  regulations.  Concerns
regarding the effectiveness of our measures to safeguard PII, or even the perception that such measures are inadequate, could cause us to
lose  customers  or  potential  customers  and  thereby  reduce  our  revenue.  Accordingly,  any  failure,  or  perceived  failure,  to  comply  with
applicable privacy or data protection laws and regulations may subject us to inquiries, examinations and investigations that could result in
requirements  to  modify  or  cease  certain  operations  or  practices  or  result  in  significant  liabilities,  fines  or  penalties,  and  could  damage  our
reputation and otherwise adversely affect our operations, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Risk Management
Our  risk  management  framework  may  not  be  effective  in  mitigating  risks  and/or  losses  to  us.  Our  risk  management  framework  is
comprised  of  various  processes,  systems  and  strategies  designed  to  manage  the  types  of  risk  to  which  we  are  subject,  including,  among
others,  credit,  market,  liquidity,  operational,  interest  rate  and  compliance.  Our  framework  also  includes  financial  or  other  modeling
methodologies  that  involve  management  assumptions  and  judgment.  Our  risk  management  framework  may  not  be  effective  under  all
circumstances  and  may  not  adequately  mitigate  any  risk  or  loss  to  us.  If  our  risk  management  framework  is  not  effective,  we  could  suffer
unexpected  losses  and  our  business,  financial  condition,  results  of  operations  or  growth  prospects  could  be  materially  and  adversely
affected. We may also be subject to potentially adverse regulatory consequences.

If  we  fail  to  design,  implement  and  maintain  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  or  remediate  any  future  material
weakness  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  may  be  unable  to  accurately  report  our  financial  results  or  prevent
fraud, which could have a material adverse effect on us. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed to provide reasonable
assurance regarding the reliability of

20

Table of Contents

financial  reporting  and  the  preparation  of  financial  statements  for  external  purposes  in  accordance  with  Generally  Accepted  Accounting
Principles ("GAAP"). Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary for us to provide reliable reports and prevent fraud.

Under  Section  404  of  the  Sarbanes-Oxley  Act  of  2002  (“Section  404”),  management  is  required  to  annually  assess  and  report  on  the
effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting and, when we cease to be an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act,
include  an  attestation  report  by  the  Company’s  independent  auditors  addressing  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial
reporting.  Our  management  may  conclude  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  not  effective  due  to  the  failure  to  cure  any
identified  material  weakness  or  otherwise.  Moreover,  even  if  management  concludes  that  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is
effective, our independent registered public accounting firm may conclude that our internal control over financial reporting is not effective. In
the  course  of  their  review,  our  independent  registered  public  accounting  firm  may  not  be  satisfied  with  the  internal  control  over  financial
reporting or the level at which the controls are documented, designed, operated or reviewed, or it may interpret the relevant requirements
differently from the Company. In addition, during the course of the evaluation, documentation and testing of our internal control over financial
reporting,  we  may  identify  deficiencies  that  we  may  not  be  able  to  remediate  in  time  to  meet  the  SEC  deadline  for  compliance  with  the
requirements  of  Section  404.  Any  such  deficiencies  may  also  subject  us  to  adverse  regulatory  consequences.  If  we  fail  to  achieve  and
maintain the adequacy of internal control over financial reporting, we may be unable to report our financial information on a timely basis, may
not be able to conclude on an ongoing basis that we have effective internal control over financial reporting in accordance with Section 404,
and  may  suffer  adverse  regulatory  consequences  or  violate  NASDAQ's  listing  standards.  There  could  also  be  a  negative  reaction  in  the
financial markets due to a loss of investor confidence in the reliability of our financial statements.

We believe that a control system, no matter how well designed and managed, can provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
objectives  of  the  control  system  are  met.  Because  of  the  inherent  limitations  in  all  control  systems,  no  evaluation  of  controls  can  provide
absolute  assurance  that  all  control  issues  and  instances  of  fraud,  if  any,  within  a  company  have  been  detected.  We  may  not  be  able  to
identify all significant deficiencies and/or material weaknesses in our internal control in the future, and our failure to maintain effective internal
control over financial reporting in accordance with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

We  are  dependent  on  the  use  of  data  and  modeling  in  both  our  management's  decision  making  generally,  and  in  meeting
regulatory expectations in particular. The use of statistical and quantitative models and other quantitatively-based analyses is endemic to
bank decision making and regulatory compliance processes, and the employment of such analyses is becoming increasingly widespread in
our  operations.  Liquidity  stress  testing,  interest  rate  sensitivity  analysis,  allowance  for  loan  loss  measurement,  loan  portfolio  stress  testing
and the identification of suspicious activity are examples of areas in which we are dependent on models and the data that underlies them.
While these quantitative techniques and approaches improve our decision making, they also create the possibility that faulty data or flawed
quantitative  approaches  could  yield  adverse  outcomes  or  regulatory  scrutiny.  Secondarily,  because  of  the  complexity  inherent  in  these
approaches, misunderstanding or misuse of their outputs could similarly result in suboptimal decision making, which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Legal and Regulatory Risk
Our  industry  is  highly  regulated,  and  the  regulatory  framework,  together  with  any  future  legislative  or  regulatory  changes,  may
have a materially adverse effect on our operations. The banking industry is highly regulated and supervised under both federal and state
laws and regulations that are intended primarily for the protection of depositors, customers, the public, the banking system as a whole or the
FDIC Deposit Insurance Fund, not for the protection of our shareholders and creditors. Compliance with these laws and regulations can be
difficult  and  costly,  and  changes  to  them  can  impose  additional  compliance  costs.  Applicable  laws  and  regulations  govern  a  variety  of
matters,  including  permissible  types,  amounts  and  terms  of  loans  and  investments  we  may  make,  the  maximum  interest  rate  that  may  be
charged, the types of deposits we may accept and the rates we may pay on such deposits, maintenance of adequate capital and liquidity,
changes in control of us and our Bank, transactions between us and our Bank, handling of nonpublic information, restrictions on dividends
and establishment of new offices. We must obtain approval from our regulators before engaging in certain activities, and there is risk that
such approvals may not be granted, in a timely manner or at all. These requirements may constrain our operations, and the adoption of new
laws and changes to or repeal of existing laws may have a further impact on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also,
the  burden  imposed  by  those  federal  and  state  regulations  may  place  banks  in  general,  including  our  Bank  in  particular,  at  a  competitive
disadvantage  compared  to  non-bank  competitors.  Our  failure  to  comply  with  any  applicable  laws  or  regulations,  or  regulatory  policies  and
interpretations

21

Table of Contents

of such laws and regulations, could result in sanctions by regulatory agencies or damage to our reputation, all of which could have a material
adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Bank  holding  companies  and  financial  institutions  are  extensively  regulated  and  currently  face  an  uncertain  regulatory  environment.
Applicable  laws,  regulations,  interpretations,  enforcement  policies  and  accounting  principles  have  been  subject  to  significant  changes  in
recent years, and may be subject to significant future changes. Future changes may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial
condition and results of operations.

Regulatory  agencies  may  adopt  changes  to  their  regulations  or  change  the  manner  in  which  existing  regulations  are  applied.  We  cannot
predict the substance or effect of pending or future legislation or regulation or the application of laws and regulations to us. Compliance with
current  and  potential  regulation,  as  well  as  regulatory  scrutiny,  may  significantly  increase  our  costs,  impede  the  efficiency  of  our  internal
business processes, require us to increase our regulatory capital, and limit our ability to pursue business opportunities in an efficient manner
by  requiring  us  to  expend  significant  time,  effort  and  resources  to  ensure  compliance  and  respond  to  any  regulatory  inquiries  or
investigations.

In  addition,  regulators  may  elect  to  alter  standards  or  the  interpretation  of  the  standards  used  to  measure  regulatory  compliance  or  to
determine  the  adequacy  of  liquidity,  risk  management  or  other  operational  practices  for  financial  institutions  in  a  manner  that  impacts  our
ability to implement our strategy and could affect us in substantial and unpredictable ways, and could have a material adverse effect on our
business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations.  Furthermore,  the  regulatory  agencies  have  extremely  broad  discretion  in  their
interpretation  of  laws  and  regulations  and  their  assessment  of  the  quality  of  our  loan  portfolio,  securities  portfolio  and  other  assets.  If  any
regulatory  agency's  assessment  of  the  quality  of  our  assets,  operations,  lending  practices,  investment  practices,  capital  structure  or  other
aspects  of  our  business  differs  from  our  assessment,  we  may  be  required  to  take  additional  charges  or  undertake,  or  refrain  from  taking,
actions that could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We  provide  banking  services  to  California-licensed  cannabis  businesses  and  the  strict  enforcement  of  federal  laws  regarding
cannabis would likely result in our inability to continue this line of business and we could have legal action taken against us by the
federal  government.  We  provide  deposit  services  to  California-licensed  cannabis  related  businesses  ("CRBs").  We  do  not  provide  any
extensions  of  credit  under  this  program.  Though  medical  and  adult-use  cannabis  is  legal  in  the  state  of  California,  its  manufacture,
distribution,  possession,  and  use  are  prohibited  under  the  federal  Controlled  Substances  Act,  violations  of  which  are  punishable  by
imprisonment  and  fines.  Although  there  have  been  several  legislative  attempts  to  resolve  the  conflict  between  state  and  federal  cannabis
laws, Congress has passed no such legislation has to date.

In 2013, the U.S. Department of Justice ("DOJ") issued a memo ("Cole Memo") that outlined the DOJ's enforcement priorities with regard to
cannabis and instructed federal prosecutors to focus prosecutorial efforts on eight priorities detailed in the memo. In 2018, the DOJ rescinded
the Cole Memo and no subsequent guidance has been issued by the DOJ. In 2014, the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Financial Crimes
Enforcement  Network  ("FinCEN")  published  guidelines  as  a  response  to  the  issuance  of  the  Cole  Memo  to  provide  guidance  for  financial
institutions  servicing  state  legal  cannabis  businesses.  The  FinCEN  guidance,  which  remains  in  effect,  discusses  federal  regulators'
expectations regarding the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970 compliance and due diligence protocols when a financial institution provides banking
services to a CRB. Any adverse change to the FinCEN guidance or the interpretation of the guidance by federal regulators could cause us to
immediately terminate our cannabis banking program. Any change in the enforcement priorities of the DOJ, FinCEN, or our federal banking
regulators or our failure to comply with the FinCEN guidance could result in legal or administrative action being taken against us, and such
action could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Regulatory requirements affecting our loans secured by commercial real estate could limit our ability to leverage our capital and
adversely affect our growth and profitability. The federal banking agencies have issued guidance for institutions that are deemed to have
concentrations in CRE lending. Institutions which are deemed to have concentrations in CRE lending pursuant to the supervisory criteria in
the  relevant  guidance  are  expected  to  employ  heightened  levels  of  risk  management  with  respect  to  their  CRE  portfolios,  and  may  be
required to hold higher levels of capital. We have a concentration in CRE loans, and multifamily residential real estate loans in particular, and
we have experienced significant growth in our CRE portfolio in recent years. As of December 31, 2021, CRE loans represent 578% of the
Company's total risk-based capital. Multifamily residential real estate loans, the vast majority of which are 50% risk weighted for regulatory
capital  purposes,  were  551%  of  the  Company's  total  risk-based  capital.  Management  has  extensive  experience  in  CRE  lending,  and  has
implemented and continues to maintain heightened portfolio monitoring and reporting, and strong underwriting criteria with respect to its CRE

22

Table of Contents

portfolio. Nevertheless, we could be required to maintain higher levels of capital as a result of our CRE concentration, which could limit our
growth,  require  us  to  obtain  additional  capital,  and  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of
operations.

Litigation  and  regulatory  actions,  including  possible  enforcement  actions,  could  subject  us  to  significant  fines,  penalties,
judgments or other requirements resulting in increased expenses or restrictions on our business activities. In the normal course of
business,  from  time  to  time,  we  have  in  the  past  and  may  in  the  future  be  named  as  a  defendant  in  various  legal  actions,  arising  in
connection  with  our  current  and/or  prior  business  activities.  Legal  actions  could  include  claims  for  substantial  compensatory  or  punitive
damages  or  claims  for  indeterminate  amounts  of  damages.  We  may  also,  from  time  to  time,  be  the  subject  of  subpoenas,  requests  for
information, reviews, investigations and proceedings (both formal and informal) by governmental agencies regarding our current and/or prior
business activities. Any such legal or regulatory actions may subject us to substantial compensatory or punitive damages, significant fines,
penalties,  obligations  to  change  our  business  practices  or  other  requirements  resulting  in  increased  expenses,  diminished  income  and
damage  to  our  reputation.  Our  involvement  in  any  such  matters,  whether  tangential  or  otherwise  and  even  if  the  matters  are  ultimately
determined  in  our  favor,  could  also  cause  significant  harm  to  our  reputation  and  divert  management  attention  from  the  operation  of  our
business. Further, any settlement, consent order or adverse judgment in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation
by government agencies may result in litigation, investigations or proceedings as other litigants and government agencies begin independent
reviews  of  the  same  activities.  As  a  result,  legal  and  regulatory  actions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

Regulatory  initiatives  regarding  bank  capital  requirements  may  require  heightened  capital.  Regulatory  capital  rules  adopted  in  July
2013, which implement the Basel III regulatory capital reforms, include a common equity Tier 1 capital requirement and establish criteria that
instruments must meet to be considered common equity Tier 1 capital, additional Tier 1 capital or Tier 2 capital. These enhancements were
intended to both improve the quality and increase the quantity of capital required to be held by banking organizations, and to better equip the
U.S. banking system to deal with adverse economic conditions. The capital rules require bank holding companies and banks to maintain a
common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, a minimum total Tier 1 risk based capital ratio of 6%, a minimum total risk based capital ratio of
8%,  and  a  minimum  leverage  ratio  of  4%.  Bank  holding  companies  and  banks  are  also  required  to  hold  a  capital  conservation  buffer  of
common equity Tier 1 capital of 2.5% to avoid limitations on capital distributions and discretionary executive compensation payments. The
revised capital rules also require banks to maintain a common equity Tier 1 capital ratio of 6.5% or greater, a Tier 1 capital ratio of 8% or
greater, a total capital ratio of 10% or greater and a leverage ratio of 5% or greater to be deemed "well-capitalized" for purposes of certain
rules  and  prompt  corrective  action  requirements.  The  Federal  Reserve  may  also  set  higher  capital  requirements  for  holding  companies
whose  circumstances  warrant  it.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  applicable  regulatory  capital  requirements,
including  the  capital  conservation  buffer,  and  the  Bank  qualified  as  "well-capitalized"  for  purposes  of  FDIC  prompt  corrective  action
regulations. Future regulatory change could impose higher capital standards. Failure to maintain capital to meet current or future regulatory
requirements could have a significant material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

We are subject to the anti-money laundering statutes and regulations, and failure to comply with these laws could lead to a wide
variety of sanctions, damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our business. The Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, the Uniting
and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of 2001 ("Patriot Act"), and other laws and
regulations require financial institutions, among other duties, to institute and maintain an effective anti-money laundering program and to file
reports  such  as  suspicious  activity  reports  and  currency  transaction  reports.  We  are  required  to  comply  with  these  and  other  anti-money
laundering  requirements.  Our  federal  and  state  banking  regulators,  FinCEN,  and  other  government  agencies  are  authorized  to  impose
significant  civil  money  penalties  for  violations  of  anti-money  laundering  requirements.  We  are  also  subject  to  increased  scrutiny  of
compliance with the regulations issued and enforced by the Office of Foreign Assets Control ("OFAC"). If our program is deemed deficient,
we  could  be  subject  to  liability,  including  fines,  civil  money  penalties  and  other  regulatory  actions,  which  may  include  restrictions  on  our
business  operations  and  our  ability  to  pay  dividends,  restrictions  on  mergers  and  acquisitions  activity,  restrictions  on  expansion,  and
restrictions on entering new business lines. Failure to maintain and implement adequate programs to combat money laundering and terrorist
financing could also have significant reputational consequences for us. Any of these circumstances could have a material adverse effect on
our business, financial condition or results of operations.

23

Table of Contents

We  are  subject  to  numerous  consumer  protection  laws,  and  failure  to  comply  with  these  laws  could  lead  to  a  wide  variety  of
sanctions, damage our reputation and otherwise adversely affect our business. The Community Reinvestment Act, the Equal Credit
Opportunity Act, the Fair Housing Act and other fair lending laws and regulations, including state laws and regulations, prohibit discriminatory
lending practices by financial institutions. The Federal Trade Commission Act and the Dodd-Frank Act prohibit unfair, deceptive, or abusive
acts  or  practices  by  financial  institutions.  We  are  also  subject  to  complex  and  evolving  laws  and  regulations  governing  the  privacy  and
protection  of  personally  identifiable  information  of  individuals  (including  customers,  employees,  and  other  third  parties),  including,  but  not
limited to, the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, and the California Consumer Protection Act. A challenge to an institution's compliance with these and
other consumer protections laws and regulations could result in a wide variety of sanctions, including damages and civil money penalties,
injunctive relief, restrictions on mergers and acquisitions activity, restrictions on expansion, and restrictions on entering new business lines.
Such actions could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, business, financial condition and results of operations.

Other Business Risks
We face significant and increasing competition in the financial services industry. The banking markets in which we operate are highly
competitive and our future growth and success will depend on our ability to compete effectively in these markets. We compete for deposits,
loans, and other financial services in our markets with commercial and community banks, credit unions, mortgage banking firms and online
mortgage lenders, including large national financial institutions that operate in our market area. Many of these competitors are larger than us,
have significantly more resources and greater brand recognition than we do, and may be able to attract customers more effectively than we
can. Increased competition could require us to increase the rates we pay on deposits or lower the rates that we offer on loans, which could
reduce our profitability. Our failure to compete effectively in our market could restrain our growth or cause us to lose market share, which
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our reputation is critical to our business, and damage to it could have a material adverse effect on us. Our ability to attract and retain
customers is highly dependent upon the perceptions of consumers and commercial borrowers and depositors and other external perceptions
of our products, services, trustworthiness, business practices, workplace culture, compliance practice or our financial health. Negative public
opinion  or  damage  to  our  brand  could  result  from  actual  or  alleged  conduct  in  any  number  of  circumstances,  including  lending  practices,
regulatory compliance, security breaches, corporate governance, sales and marketing, and employee misconduct. We have policies in place
to protect our reputation and promote ethical conduct. However, these policies and procedures may not be fully effective. Negative publicity
regarding  our  business,  employees,  or  customers,  with  or  without  merit,  may  result  in  the  loss  of  customers,  investors  and  employees,
litigation, a decline in revenue and increased regulatory scrutiny.

We  are  subject  to  an  extensive  body  of  accounting  rules  and  best  practices.  Periodic  changes  to  such  rules  may  change  the
treatment and recognition of critical financial line items and affect our profitability. The nature of our business makes us sensitive to a
large body of accounting rules in the U.S. From time to time, the governing bodies that oversee changes to accounting rules and reporting
requirements may release new guidance for the preparation of our financial statements. These changes can materially impact how we record
and report our financial condition and results of operations. We could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in
the  restatement  of  prior  period  financial  statements.  These  changes  could  adversely  affect  our  capital,  regulatory  capital  ratios,  ability  to
make larger loans, earnings and performance metrics. We are evaluating the impact the CECL accounting model will have on our financial
results,  but  we  may  recognize  a  one-time  cumulative-effect  adjustment  to  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  and  retained  earnings  as  of  the
beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective. We cannot yet determine the magnitude of any such one-time
cumulative  adjustment  or  of  the  overall  impact  of  the  new  standard  on  our  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations.  Any  such  changes
could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to an Investment in Our Common Stock
We are controlled by trusts established for the benefit of members of the Trione family, whose interests in our business may be
different from yours. As of December 31, 2021, the Trione Family Trusts control 77.4% of our common stock and if they vote in the same
manner,  are  able  to  determine  the  outcome  of  all  matters  put  to  a  shareholder  vote,  including  the  election  of  directors,  the  approval  of
mergers, material acquisitions and dispositions and other extraordinary transactions, and amendments to our articles of incorporation, bylaws
and other corporate governance documents. So long as the Trione Family Trusts continue to own a majority of our common stock, they will
have the ability, if they vote in the same manner, to prevent any transaction that requires shareholder approval

24

Table of Contents

regardless of whether others believe the transaction is in our best interests. In any of these matters, the interests of the Trione Family Trusts
may differ from or conflict with the interests of other shareholders. Moreover, this concentration of stock ownership may also adversely affect
the trading price of our common stock, if investors perceive disadvantages in owning stock of a company with a controlling group.

We may discontinue the payment of dividends on, or repurchases of, our common stock. Our stockholders are only entitled to receive
such dividends as our board of directors may declare out of funds legally available for such payments. As of December 31, 2021, there were
$9.7 million of authorized funds remaining under the current active share repurchase program initially authorized in October 2020. We are not
required to pay dividends on, or effect repurchases of, our common stock and may reduce or eliminate our common stock dividend and/or
share repurchase program in the future. Our ability to pay dividends to our stockholders is subject to the restrictions set forth in California law,
by  the  Federal  Reserve,  and  by  certain  covenants  contained  in  our  subordinated  debentures.  We  cannot  provide  assurance  that  we  will
continue  paying  dividends  on,  or  repurchase  shares  of,  our  common  stock  at  current  levels  or  at  all.  A  reduction  or  discontinuance  of
dividends on our common stock or our share repurchase program could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common
stock.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments

None.

Item 2. Properties

Our  corporate  headquarters  is  located  at  520  Third  Street,  Santa  Rosa,  California.  In  addition  to  our  corporate  headquarters,  the  Bank
operates ten full service branches in California located in Sonoma, Marin, Santa Clara, and Los Angeles Counties and one full service branch
in Washington located in King County. We also operate six loan production offices located throughout California, as well as a loan production
office in Clackamas County, Oregon. Other than our main branch in Santa Rosa, California, which we own, we lease all of our other offices.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings

From time to time, we are party to legal actions that are routine and incidental to our business. Given the nature, scope and complexity of the
extensive legal and regulatory landscape applicable to our business, we, like all banking organizations, are subject to heightened regulatory
compliance  and  legal  risk.  However,  based  on  available  information,  management  does  not  expect  the  ultimate  disposition  of  any  or  a
combination of these actions to have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition or results of operation.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures

Not applicable.

25

Table of Contents

PART II.

Item 5. Market for the Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Market Information and Holders of Record

Our  common  stock  is  listed  on  the  NASDAQ  Global  Select  Stock  Market  under  the  trading  symbol  "LBC".  As  of  March  1,  2022,  we  had
approximately 2,614 record holders. On March 1, 2022, our stock closed at $12.74.

Stock Performance Graph

The  performance  graph  and  table  below  compare  the  cumulative  total  stockholder  return  on  the  common  stock  of  the  Company  with  the
cumulative total return on the equity securities included in (i) the Russell 2000 Index, which measures the performance of the smallest 2,000
members by market cap of the Russell Index, (ii) the S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Western Region Index, which reflects the performance of publicly
traded  U.S.  companies  that  do  business  as  banks  in  the  Western  U.S.,  and  (iii)  the  S&P  U.S.  BMI  Banks  Index,  which  reflects  the
performance of publicly traded U.S. companies that do business in the U.S. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the SNL Western
U.S. Bank Index and SNL U.S. Bank and Thrift Index, presented in our prior year Form 10-K, were discontinued and replaced with the S&P
indices above.

The graph below assumes an initial $100 investment on December 8, 2017, the date that the stock of the Company began trading on the
NASDAQ Global Select Stock Market through December 31, 2021, the final trading day of 2021. Data for the Russell 2000, the S&P U.S.
BMI Banks - Western Region and the S&P U.S. BMI Banks indices assume reinvestment of dividends. Returns are shown on a total return
basis. The performance graph represents past performance and should not be considered to be an indication of future performance. This
graph is not deemed filed with the SEC.

26

Table of Contents

Index
Luther Burbank Corporation
Russell 2000 Index
S&P U.S. BMI Banks - Western Region
S&P U.S. BMI Banks

Source: S&P Capital IQ Pro

Dividend Policy

Period Ended

12/8/2017

12/31/2017

12/31/2018

12/31/2019

12/31/2020

12/31/2021

100.00 
100.00 
100.00 
100.00 

102.47 
101.03 
101.92 
100.27 

78.09 
89.91 
80.7 
83.76 

102.03 
112.85 
98.4 
115.06 

88.78 
135.38 
73.64 
100.37 

130.81 
155.44 
113.55 
136.47 

Holders  of  our  common  stock  are  only  entitled  to  receive  dividends  when,  and  if,  declared  by  our  board  of  directors  out  of  funds  legally
available for dividends.

Any  future  determination  relating  to  our  dividend  policy  will  be  made  by  our  board  of  directors  and  will  depend  on  a  number  of  factors,
including general and economic conditions, industry standards, our financial condition and operating results, our available cash and current
and  anticipated  cash  needs,  capital  requirements,  our  ability  to  service  debt  obligations  senior  to  our  common  stock,  banking  regulations,
contractual, legal, tax and regulatory restrictions, and limitations on the payment of dividends by us to our shareholders or by the Bank to us,
and such other factors as our board of directors may deem relevant.

Because  we  are  a  bank  holding  company  and  do  not  engage  directly  in  business  activities  of  a  material  nature,  our  ability  to  pay  any
dividends  on  our  common  stock  depends,  in  large  part,  upon  our  receipt  of  dividends  from  our  Bank,  which  is  also  subject  to  numerous
limitations on the payment of dividends under federal and state banking laws, regulations and policies.

Subject to the discretion of our board of directors, commencing in the second quarter of 2018, the Company established a regular quarterly
cash  dividend  on  our  common  stock.  Although  we  currently  intend  to  pay  dividends  according  to  our  dividend  policy,  there  can  be  no
assurance that we will pay any dividend to holders of our stock, or as to the amount of any such dividends. Our board of directors, in its sole
discretion, can change the amount or frequency of this dividend or discontinue the payment of dividends entirely at any time.

The following table shows the dividends that have been declared on our common stock with respect to the periods indicated below. The per
share amounts are presented to the nearest cent.

(dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Quarter ended March 31, 2020
Quarter ended June 30, 2020
Quarter ended September 30, 2020
Quarter ended December 31, 2020
Quarter ended March 31, 2021
Quarter ended June 30, 2021
Quarter ended September 30, 2021
Quarter ended December 31, 2021

Amount Per Share
$

Total Cash Dividend
3,240 
3,038 
3,022 
3,014 
3,009 
3,006 
6,217 
6,214 

0.06  $
0.06 
0.06 
0.06 
0.06 
0.06 
0.12 
0.12 

Dividend Limitations. California law places limits on the amount of dividends the Bank may pay to the Company without prior approval. Prior
regulatory approval is required to pay dividends which exceed the lesser of the Bank’s retained earnings or the Bank’s net profits for that year
combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years. State and federal bank regulatory agencies also have authority to prohibit
a  bank  from  paying  dividends  if  such  payment  is  deemed  to  be  an  unsafe  or  unsound  practice,  and  the  Federal  Reserve  has  the  same
authority over bank holding companies. We would not be able to pay a dividend in excess of our retained earnings, or where our liabilities
would exceed our assets.

The  Federal  Reserve  has  established  requirements  with  respect  to  the  maintenance  of  appropriate  levels  of  capital  by  registered  bank
holding companies. Compliance with such standards, as presently in effect, or as they may be

27

Table of Contents

amended  from  time  to  time,  could  possibly  limit  the  amount  of  dividends  that  we  may  pay  in  the  future.  The  Federal  Reserve  has  issued
guidance  on  the  payment  of  cash  dividends  by  bank  holding  companies.  In  the  statement,  the  Federal  Reserve  expressed  its  view  that  a
holding company experiencing earnings weaknesses should not pay cash dividends exceeding its net income, or which could only be funded
in ways that weaken the holding company’s financial health, such as by borrowing. Under Federal Reserve guidance, as a general matter,
the board of directors of a holding company should inform the Federal Reserve and should eliminate, defer, or significantly reduce dividends
if:  (i)  the  holding  company’s  net  income  available  to  shareholders  for  the  past  four  quarters,  net  of  dividends  previously  paid  during  that
period, is not sufficient to fully fund the dividends; (ii) the holding company’s prospective rate of earnings retention is not consistent with its
capital needs and overall current and prospective financial condition; or (iii) the holding company will not meet, or is in danger of not meeting,
its minimum regulatory capital adequacy ratios. As a depository institution, the deposits of which are insured by the FDIC, the Bank may not
pay dividends or distribute any of its capital assets while it remains in default on any assessment due the FDIC. The Bank currently is not in
default under any of its obligations to the FDIC.

Purchases of Equity Securities

The table below summarizes the Company's monthly repurchases of equity securities during the quarter ended December 31, 2021:

Period

Total Number of Shares
Purchased

Average Price Paid Per
Share

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced Plans
or Programs (1)

Approximate Dollar Value of
Shares that May Yet be
Purchased Under the Plans
or Program (1)

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
October 1 - 31, 2021
November 1 - 30, 2021
December 1 - 31, 2021

Total

—  $
— 
5,791 
5,791  $

— 
— 
13.21 
13.21 

—  $
— 
5,791 
5,791  $

9,811 
9,811 
9,735 
9,735 

(1) On October 30, 2020, the Board of Directors of the Company authorized the repurchase of $20.0 million of the Company’s common stock
pursuant to a formal program adopted on that date (the “Plan”). The Plan has been adopted in accordance with guidelines specified by Rule
10b5-1  and  under  Rule  10b-18  under  the  Exchange  Act  and  the  Company’s  Insider  Trading  Policy.  On  October  29,  2021,  the  board  of
directors amended the Plan to eliminate its expiration date of December 31, 2021. The amended Plan will remain open until the remaining
balance  of  previously-authorized  funds  are  fully  utilized  for  repurchases  pursuant  to  the  Plan,  or  until  the  board  of  directors  otherwise
terminates the Plan.

Shares Eligible for Sale Pursuant to Rule 144

An aggregate of 35.8 million shares of common stock held by the Trione Family Trusts, which were issued in private transactions, are eligible
for sale in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data

The following table sets forth the Company’s selected historical consolidated financial data for the years and as of the dates indicated. You
should read this information together with Item 7. “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations”
and the Company’s audited consolidated financial statements and the related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
The selected historical consolidated financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 are derived from our audited
consolidated financial statements, which are included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The selected historical consolidated
financial data as of and for the years ended December 31, 2019, 2018 and 2017 (except as otherwise noted below) are derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements not included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. The Company’s historical results for any prior
period are not necessarily indicative of future performance.

28

Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Statements of Income and Financial Condition Data

Net income
Pre-tax, pre-provision net earnings 
Total assets

(1)

Per Common Share

Diluted earnings per share
Book value per share
Tangible book value per share 

 (2)

(1)

$
$
$

$
$
$

Actual/Pro Forma Net Income and Per Common Share Data 

(1)

Actual/pro forma net income
Actual/pro forma diluted earnings per share

 (2)

$
$

Selected Ratios

Return on average:

Assets
Stockholders' equity

Dividend payout ratio
Net interest margin
Efficiency ratio 
Noninterest expense to average assets
Loan to deposit ratio

(1)

Actual/Pro Forma Selected Ratios 

(1)

Actual/pro forma return on average assets
Actual/pro forma return on average stockholders'
equity

Credit Quality Ratios

Allowance for loan losses to loans
Allowance for loan losses to nonperforming loans
Nonperforming assets to total assets
Net (recoveries) charge-offs to average loans

Capital Ratios

Tier 1 leverage ratio
Total risk-based capital ratio

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

As of or For the Years Ended December 31,

87,753 
113,200 
7,179,957 

1.70 
12.95 
12.88 

87,753 
1.70 

1.22 %
13.64 %
21.02 %
2.40 %
34.32 %
0.82 %
113.71 %

1.22 %

13.64 %

0.56 %
1,549.72 %
0.03 %
(0.00)%

10.12 %
19.61 %

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$

39,912 
67,209 
6,906,104 

0.75 
11.75 
11.69 

39,912 
0.75 

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$

48,861 
70,714 
7,045,828 

0.87 
10.97 
10.91 

48,861 
0.87 

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$

45,060 
66,531 
6,937,212 

0.79 
10.31 
10.25 

45,060 
0.79 

$
$
$

$
$
$

$
$

69,384 
61,859 
5,704,380 

1.62 
9.74 
9.68 

37,834 
0.88 

0.56 %
6.53 %
30.85 %
1.97 %
52.38 %
1.04 %
114.92 %

0.56 %

6.53 %

0.76 %
732.04 %
0.09 %
0.01 %

9.45 %
18.60 %

0.69 %
8.15 %
26.67 %
1.84 %
46.86 %
0.88 %
119.03 %

0.69 %

8.15 %

0.58 %
568.47 %
0.09 %
(0.01)%

9.47 %
17.97 %

0.70 %
7.96 %
35.43 %
1.98 %
48.51 %
0.98 %
122.59 %

0.70 %

7.96 %

0.56 %
1,705.47 %
0.03 %
(0.01)%

9.42 %
17.20 %

1.26 %
16.30 %
97.72 %
2.05 %
47.76 %
1.03 %
127.59 %

0.69 %

8.89 %

0.60 %
437.91 %
0.12 %
(0.01)%

11.26 %
18.78 %

(1)
 Considered a non-GAAP financial measure. See Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations - ‘‘Non-GAAP
Financial Measures’’ for a reconciliation of our non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP financial measure. Tangible book value is defined as total
assets less goodwill and total liabilities. Efficiency ratio is defined as the ratio of noninterest expense to net interest income plus noninterest income. Pre-tax, pre-
provision net earnings is defined as net income before taxes and provision for loan losses. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we calculated our pro forma net
income, return on average assets and return on average stockholders' equity by adding back our franchise S-Corporation tax to net income, and using a combined
C-Corporation effective tax rate for federal and California income taxes of 42.0%. This calculation reflects only the change in our status as an S-Corporation and
does not give effect to any other transaction. Beginning January 1, 2018, our pro forma provision for tax expense is our actual C-Corporation provision.
(2) 
reflect a 200-for-1 stock split effective April 27, 2017.

Diluted earnings per common share and actual/pro forma diluted earnings per share for the year ended December 31, 2017 have been adjusted retroactively to

Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

The following discussion and analysis is based on and should be read in conjunction with Part II. Item 6. Selected Financial Data and our
consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes thereto contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Because
we conduct all of our material business operations through our bank subsidiary, Luther Burbank Savings, the discussion and analysis relates
to activities primarily conducted by the Bank.

The  following  discussion  and  analysis  is  intended  to  facilitate  the  understanding  and  assessment  of  significant  changes  and  trends  in  our
business that accounted for the changes in our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021, as compared to our results of
operations for the year ended December 31, 2020, and our financial condition at December 31, 2021 as compared to our financial condition
at December 31, 2020.

29

Table of Contents

In  addition  to  historical  information,  this  discussion  and  analysis  contains  forward-looking  statements  that  are  subject  to  certain  risks  and
uncertainties  and  are  based  on  certain  assumptions  that  we  believe  are  reasonable  but  may  prove  to  be  inaccurate.  Certain  risks,
uncertainties and other factors, including those set forth in the “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements” and “Risk Factors”
sections  of  this  Annual  Report,  may  cause  actual  results  to  differ  materially  from  those  projected  results  discussed  in  the  forward-looking
statements appearing in this discussion and analysis. Please read these sections carefully. We assume no obligation to update any of these
forward-looking statements.

Overview

We are a bank holding company headquartered in Santa Rosa, California, and the parent company of Luther Burbank Savings, a California-
chartered commercial bank headquartered in Gardena, California with $7.2 billion in assets at December 31, 2021. Our principal business is
providing high-value, relationship-based banking products and services to our customers, which include real estate investors, professionals,
entrepreneurs,  depositors  and  commercial  businesses.  We  generate  most  of  our  revenue  from  interest  on  loans  and  investments.  Our
primary source of funding for our loans is retail deposits and we place secondary reliance on wholesale funding, primarily borrowings from
the FHLB and brokered deposits. Our largest expenses are interest on deposits and borrowings along with salaries and related employee
benefits.  Our  principal  lending  products  are  real  estate  secured  loans,  consisting  primarily  of  multifamily  residential  properties  and  jumbo
single family residential properties on the West Coast.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  prepared  in  accordance  with  GAAP  and  with  general  practices  within  the  financial  services
industry.  Application  of  these  principles  requires  management  to  make  complex  and  subjective  estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying notes. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other
assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under current circumstances. These assumptions form the basis for our judgments about the
carrying values of assets and liabilities that are not readily available from independent, objective sources. We evaluate our estimates on an
ongoing  basis.  Use  of  alternative  assumptions  may  have  resulted  in  significantly  different  estimates.  Actual  results  may  differ  from  these
estimates.

Our  most  significant  accounting  policies  are  described  in  Note  1  to  our  Financial  Statements  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021.  We
have identified the following accounting policies and estimates that, due to the difficult, subjective or complex judgments and assumptions
inherent  in  those  policies  and  estimates  and  the  potential  sensitivity  of  our  financial  statements  to  those  judgments  and  assumptions,  are
critical to an understanding of our financial condition and results of operations. We believe that the judgments, estimates and assumptions
used in the preparation of our financial statements are reasonable and appropriate.

Pursuant to the JOBS Act, as an emerging growth company, we can elect to opt out of the extended transition period for adopting any new or
revised  accounting  standards.  We  have  elected  not  to  opt  out  of  such  extended  transition  period,  which  means  that  when  a  standard  is
issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we may adopt the standard for the private company.

We have elected to take advantage of the scaled disclosures and other relief under the JOBS Act, and we may take advantage of some or all
of the reduced regulatory and reporting requirements that will be available to us under the JOBS Act, so long as we qualify as an emerging
growth company. In accordance with the requirements of the JOBS Act, our eligibility as an emerging growth company is expected to expire
on December 31, 2022, which is the last day of the fiscal year following the five year anniversary from the date of our initial public offering.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The  allowance  for  loan  losses  is  provided  for  probable  incurred  credit  losses  inherent  in  the  loan  portfolio  at  the  statement  of  financial
condition  date.  The  allowance  is  increased  by  a  provision  charged  to  expense  and  can  be  reduced  by  loan  principal  charge-offs,  net  of
recoveries. The allowance can also be reduced by recapturing provisions when management determines that the allowance for loan losses is
more than adequate to absorb the probable incurred credit losses in the portfolio. The allowance is based on management’s assessment of
various  factors  including,  but  not  limited  to,  the  nature  of  the  loan  portfolio,  previous  loss  experience,  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the
portfolio, the estimated value of underlying collateral, information that may affect a borrower’s ability to repay, current economic conditions
and the results of our ongoing reviews of the portfolio. In addition, various

30

Table of Contents

regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance. Such agencies may require
the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on judgments different from those of management.

While we use available information, including independent appraisals for collateral, to estimate the extent of probable incurred loan losses
within  the  loan  portfolio,  inherent  uncertainties  in  the  estimation  process  make  it  reasonably  possible  that  ultimate  losses  may  vary
significantly  from  our  original  estimates.  In  addition,  we  utilize  a  number  of  economic  variables  in  estimating  the  allowance,  with  the  most
significant drivers being unemployment and the home price index. Changes in these economic variables will typically result in incremental
changes  in  the  estimated  level  of  our  allowance.  Generally,  loans  are  partially  or  fully  charged  off  when  it  is  determined  that  the  unpaid
principal balance exceeds the current fair value of the collateral with no other likely source of repayment.

Fair Value Measurement

We use estimates of fair value in applying various accounting standards for our consolidated financial statements. Fair value is defined as the
exit  price  at  which  an  asset  may  be  sold  or  a  liability  may  be  transferred  in  an  orderly  transaction  between  willing  and  able  market
participants.  When  available,  fair  value  is  measured  by  looking  at  observable  market  prices  for  identical  assets  and  liabilities  in  an  active
market.  When  these  are  not  available,  other  inputs  are  used  to  model  fair  value  such  as  prices  of  similar  instruments,  yield  curves,
prepayment  speeds  and  credit  spreads.  Depending  on  the  availability  of  observable  inputs  and  prices,  different  valuation  models  could
produce materially different fair value estimates. The values presented may not represent future fair values and may not be realizable.

Changes  in  the  fair  value  of  debt  securities  available  for  sale  are  recorded  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  and
comprehensive  income  (loss)  while  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  equity  securities,  loans  held  for  sale  and  derivatives  are  recorded  in  the
consolidated statements of financial condition and in the consolidated statements of income.

Investment Securities Impairment

We assess on a quarterly basis whether there have been any events or economic circumstances to indicate that a security in which we have
an unrealized loss is impaired on an other-than-temporary basis. In any instance, we would consider many factors, including the severity and
duration of the impairment, the portion of any unrealized loss attributable to a decline in the credit quality of the issuer, our intent and ability to
hold the security for a period of time sufficient for a recovery in value, recent events specific to the issuer or industry, and, for debt securities,
external credit ratings and recent downgrades. Securities with respect to which there is an unrealized loss that is deemed to be other-than-
temporary are written down to fair value.

Non-GAAP Financial Measures

Some  of  the  financial  measures  discussed  in  Item  6.  Selected  Financial  Data  and  Item  7.  Management's  Discussion  and  Analysis  of
Financial  Condition  and  Results  of  Operation  are  ‘‘non-GAAP  financial  measures.’’  In  accordance  with  SEC  rules,  we  classify  a  financial
measure as being a non-GAAP financial measure if that financial measure excludes or includes amounts, or is subject to adjustments that
have  the  effect  of  excluding  or  including  amounts,  that  are  included  or  excluded,  as  the  case  may  be,  in  the  most  directly  comparable
measure  calculated  and  presented  in  accordance  with  GAAP  as  in  effect  from  time  to  time  in  the  United  States  in  our  consolidated
statements financial condition, income or cash flows.

Pre-tax, pre-provision net earnings is defined as net income before taxes and provision for (reversal of) loan losses. We believe the most
directly  comparable  GAAP  financial  measure  is  income  before  taxes.  Disclosure  of  this  measure  enables  investors  to  compare  our
operations  to  those  of  other  banking  companies  before  consideration  of  taxes  and  provision  expense,  as  well  as  recaptures  from  the
allowance for loan losses. For the year ended December 31, 2017, we calculated our pro forma net income, return on average assets, return
on  average  equity  and  per  share  amounts  by  adding  back  our  franchise  S-Corporation  tax  to  net  income,  and  using  a  combined  C-
Corporation effective tax rate for federal and California income taxes of 42.0%. This calculation reflects only the change in our status as an
S-Corporation and does not give effect to any other transaction. Beginning January 1, 2018, our pro forma income tax expense is our actual
C-Corporation  tax  provision.  Tangible  book  value  is  defined  as  total  assets  less  goodwill  and  total  liabilities.  Efficiency  ratio  is  defined  as
noninterest  expenses  divided  by  operating  revenue,  which  is  equal  to  net  interest  income  plus  noninterest  income.  For  the  year  ended
December 31,

31

Table of Contents

2020, we calculated a pro forma net income and efficiency ratio to reverse the impact of a material non-recurring cost incurred in connection
with the prepayment of long-term FHLB borrowings.

We believe that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to management and investors that is supplementary to our
consolidated statements of financial condition, income and cash flows computed in accordance with GAAP. However, we acknowledge that
our non-GAAP financial measures have a number of limitations. As such, you should not view these disclosures as a substitute for results
determined  in  accordance  with  GAAP,  and  they  are  not  necessarily  comparable  to  non-GAAP  financial  measures  that  other  banking
companies use. Other banking companies may use names similar to those we use for the non-GAAP financial measures we disclose, but
may calculate them differently. You should understand how we and other companies each calculate their non-GAAP financial measures when
making comparisons.

The following reconciliation table provides a more detailed analysis of these non-GAAP financial measures:

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

As of or For the Years Ended December 31,

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Pre-tax, Pre-provision Net Earnings
Income before provision for income taxes
Plus: (Reversal of) provision for loan losses

Pre-tax, pre-provision net earnings

Efficiency Ratio
Noninterest expense (numerator)
Net interest income
Noninterest income

Operating revenue (denominator)

Efficiency ratio

Pro Forma Efficiency Ratio 
Noninterest expense
Less: Non-recurring noninterest expense item,
before income taxes

(1)

Pro forma noninterest expense (numerator)

Operating revenue (denominator)

Pro forma efficiency ratio
(1)

Pro Forma Net Income 
Net income
Add: Non-recurring noninterest expense item,
net income taxes

Pro forma net income

Actual/Pro Forma Net Income 
Income before provision for income taxes
Actual/pro forma provision for income taxes

(2)

Actual/pro forma net income (numerator)

Actual/Pro Forma Diluted Earnings Per Share 
Weighted average common shares outstanding -
diluted (denominator) 

(3)

(2)

Actual/pro forma diluted earnings per share
Actual/Pro Forma Return on Average Assets 
 Actual/pro forma net income (numerator)
Average assets (denominator)

(2)

Actual/pro forma return on average assets

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

124,000 
(10,800)
113,200 

59,145 
170,459 
1,886 
172,345 

34.32 %

124,000 
36,247 
87,753 

51,769,098 
1.70 

87,753 
7,183,172 

1.22 %

Actual/Pro Forma Return on Average Stockholders' Equity 
 Actual/pro forma net income (numerator)
Average stockholders' equity (denominator)

$
$

87,753 
643,492 

(2)

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$

$

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

56,659 
10,550 
67,209 

73,934 
138,623 
2,520 
141,143 

$

$

$

$

69,464 
1,250 
70,714 

62,368 
128,407 
4,675 
133,082 

$

$

$

$

62,931 
3,600 
66,531 

62,687 
125,087 
4,131 
129,218 

$

$

$

$

65,231 
(3,372)
61,859 

56,544 
110,895 
7,508 
118,403 

52.38 %

46.86 %

48.51 %

47.76 %

73,934 

(10,443)
63,491 
141,143 

44.98 %

39,912 

7,352 
47,264 

56,659 
16,747 
39,912 

53,146,298 
0.75 

39,912 
7,092,407 

0.56 %

39,912 
610,770 

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

69,464 
20,603 
48,861 

56,219,892 
0.87 

48,861 
7,066,547 

0.69 %

48,861 
599,574 

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

62,931 
17,871 
45,060 

56,825,402 
0.79 

45,060 
6,405,931 

0.70 %

45,060 
566,275 

$

$

$

$
$

$
$

65,231 
27,397 
37,834 

42,957,936 
0.88 

37,834 
5,485,832 

0.69 %

37,834 
425,698 

Actual/pro forma return on average
stockholders' equity

13.64 %

6.53 %

8.15 %

7.96 %

8.89 %

32

Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands, except per share data)
Tangible Book Value Per Share

Total assets
Less: Goodwill

Tangible assets
Less: Total liabilities

Tangible stockholders' equity (numerator)

Period end shares outstanding (denominator)

Tangible book value per share

2021

2020

2019

2018

2017

As of or For the Years Ended December 31,

$

$

$

7,179,957  $
(3,297)
7,176,660 
(6,510,824)

665,836  $

6,906,104  $
(3,297)
6,902,807 
(6,292,413)

610,394  $

7,045,828  $
(3,297)
7,042,531 
(6,431,364)

611,167  $

6,937,212  $
(3,297)
6,933,915 
(6,356,067)

577,848  $

51,682,398 

52,220,266 

55,999,754 

56,379,066 

12.88  $

11.69  $

10.91  $

10.25  $

5,704,380 
(3,297)
5,701,083 
(5,154,635)
546,448 

56,422,662 
9.68 

For the year ended December 31, 2020, net income and efficiency ratio are adjusted to reverse the impact of a non-recurring cost incurred in connection with the

(1) 
prepayment of $150 million of long-term FHLB advances in December 2020.
(2) 
For the year ended December 31, 2017, we calculated our pro forma net income, return on average assets and return on average stockholders' equity by adding
back our franchise S-Corporation tax to net income, and using a combined C-Corporation effective tax rate for federal and California income taxes of 42.0%. This
calculation reflects only the change in our status as an S-Corporation and does not give effect to any other transaction. Beginning January 1, 2018, our pro forma
provision for tax expense is our actual C-Corporation provision.
(3) 
effective April 27, 2017.

Weighted average common shares outstanding - diluted has been adjusted retroactively for the year ended December 31, 2017 to reflect a 200-for-1 stock split

Key Factors Affecting Our Business

Interest Rates

Net interest income is the largest contributor to our net income and is the difference between the interest and fees earned on interest-earning
assets  and  the  interest  expense  incurred  in  connection  with  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Net  interest  income  is  primarily  a  function  of  the
average  balances  and  yields  of  these  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities.  These  factors  are  influenced  by  internal
considerations such as product mix and risk appetite, as well as external influences such as economic conditions, competition for loans and
deposits and market interest rates.

The cost of our deposits and short-term wholesale borrowings is primarily based on short-term interest rates, which are largely driven by the
Federal Reserve’s actions and market competition. The yields generated by our loans and securities are typically affected by short-term and
long-term interest rates, which are driven by market competition and market rates often impacted by the Federal Reserve’s actions. The level
of net interest income is influenced by movements in such interest rates and the pace at which such movements occur.

Based on our liability sensitivity as discussed in Item 7A. ‘‘Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk’’, increases in interest
rates  and/or  a  flatter  yield  curve  could  have  an  adverse  impact  on  our  net  interest  income.  Conversely,  decreases  in  interest  rates,
particularly at the short end, and/or a steepened yield curve would be expected to benefit our net interest income.

Operating Efficiency

We  have  invested  significantly  in  our  infrastructure,  including  our  management,  lending  teams,  technology  systems  and  risk  management
practices. As we have begun to leverage these investments, our efficiency has generally improved.

Credit Quality

We  have  well  established  loan  policies  and  underwriting  practices  that  have  generally  resulted  in  very  low  levels  of  charge-offs  and
nonperforming assets. We strive to originate quality loans that will maintain the credit quality of our loan portfolio. However, credit trends in
the  markets  in  which  we  operate  are  largely  impacted  by  economic  conditions  beyond  our  control  and  can  adversely  impact  our  financial
condition and results of operations.

Competition

The  industry  and  businesses  in  which  we  operate  are  highly  competitive.  We  may  see  increased  competition  in  different  areas  including
interest  rates,  underwriting  standards  and  product  offerings  and  loan  structure.  While  we  seek  to  maintain  an  appropriate  return  on  our
investments, we may experience continued pressure on our net

33

Table of Contents

interest margin as we operate in this competitive environment.

Economic Conditions

Our business and financial performance are affected by economic conditions generally in the United States and more directly in the markets
of California, Washington and Oregon where we primarily operate. The significant economic factors that are most relevant to our business
and our financial performance include, but are not limited to, real estate values, interest rates and unemployment rates.

Factors Affecting Comparability of Financial Results

S-Corporation Status

We terminated our status as a “Subchapter S” corporation as of December 1, 2017, in connection with our IPO. Prior to this date, we elected
to be taxed for U.S. federal income tax purposes as an S-Corporation. As a result, our earnings were not subject to, and we did not pay, U.S.
federal  income  tax,  and  we  were  not  required  to  make  any  provision  or  recognize  any  liability  for  U.S.  federal  income  tax  in  our  financial
statements. While we were not subject to and did not pay U.S. federal income tax, we were subject to, and paid, California S-Corporation
income tax at a rate of 3.50%.

Upon the termination of our status as an S-Corporation on December 1, 2017, we commenced paying U.S. federal income tax and a higher
California income tax on our taxable earnings and our financial statements reflect a provision for both U.S. federal income tax and California
income tax. As a result of this change, the net income and earnings per share data presented in our historical financial statements and the
other  financial  information  set  forth  in  this  Annual  Report,  which  unless  otherwise  specified,  do  not  include  any  provision  for  U.S.  federal
income  tax,  will  not  be  comparable  with  our  net  income  and  earnings  per  share  in  periods  after  we  commenced  being  taxed  as  a  C-
Corporation. As a C-Corporation, our net income is calculated by including a provision for U.S. federal income tax, currently at 21.00%, and a
California income tax rate, currently at 10.84%.

As an S-Corporation, we made quarterly cash distributions to our shareholders in amounts estimated by us to be sufficient for them to pay
estimated individual U.S. federal and California income tax liabilities resulting from our taxable income that was ‘‘passed through’’ to them.
However, these distributions were not consistent, as sometimes the distributions were less than or in excess of the shareholders' estimated
U.S.  federal  and  California  income  tax  liabilities  resulting  from  their  ownership  of  our  stock.  In  addition,  these  estimates  were  based  on
individual income tax rates, which may differ from the rates imposed on the income of C-Corporations. Subsequent to the termination of our
S-Corporation  status  on  December  1,  2017,  other  than  our  obligations  under  the  tax  sharing  agreement  with  prior  S-Corporation
shareholders, no further income will be ‘‘passed through’’ to shareholders for any estimated tax liabilities.

Public Company Costs

As a result of our initial public offering completed in December 2017, we are incurring additional costs associated with operating as a public
company.  These  costs  include  additional  personnel,  legal,  consulting,  regulatory,  insurance,  accounting,  investor  relations  and  other
expenses that we did not incur as a private company.

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act, as well as rules adopted by the SEC and national securities exchanges, requires public companies to implement
specified corporate governance practices that were inapplicable to us as a private company. These additional rules and regulations increased
our legal, regulatory and financial compliance costs and will make some activities more time-consuming and costly.

COVID-19

Beginning in early 2020 and continuing through December 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic caused a disruption to almost every aspect of the
economy.  As  a  result,  in  March  2020,  the  Company  implemented  a  lending  modification  initiative  to  support  our  customers  financially
impacted by the COVID-19 pandemic and unable to make their scheduled loan payments. The program provided borrowers the opportunity
to modify their existing real estate loans by temporarily deferring payments for a specified period of time. Modified loans under this program
were  generally  downgraded  from  a  Pass  risk  rating  to  a  Watch  risk  rating  at  the  time  of  their  respective  modification.  Subsequent  to  the
modification period, loan grades were adjusted, as necessary, in connection with the Company's proactive reassessment of loans impacted
by the pandemic. Loan risk ratings are an integral part of the quantitative

34

Table of Contents

calculation of our allowance for loan losses.

Further,  in  early  2020,  we  established  a  qualitative  loan  loss  reserve  in  connection  with  the  uncertainty  related  to  the  pandemic.  This
supplemental reserve has been slowly reduced as the impact of the pandemic on our loan portfolio has become less uncertain. Qualitative
adjustments  to  our  allowance  specific  to  COVID-19  were  $2.5  million  and  $8.4  million  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.
Management intends to closely monitor the level of this reserve and make any necessary adjustments as conditions related to the pandemic
change.

All of the loans modified for pandemic related payment deferral in 2020 and 2021 had returned to scheduled monthly payments or paid off in
full by June 2021. Additionally, total criticized loans have declined to $16.7 million at December 31, 2021, as compared to $57.0 million at
December 31, 2020. The decline in criticized loans from the prior year end was generally attributable to the continued performance of our
loans that were initially impacted by the pandemic. During the years ended December 2021 and 2020, the Company incurred no loan losses
for pandemic impacted loans. The Company's exposure to nonresidential commercial real estate remains limited, totaling $187.1 million, or
3.0% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2021.

Results of Operations - Years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Overview

For the year ended December 31, 2021 our net income was $87.8 million as compared to $39.9 million for the year ended December 31,
2020.  The  increase  of  $47.8  million,  or  119.9%,  was  primarily  attributable  to  an  increase  of  $31.8  million  in  net  interest  income,  a  $21.4
million decrease in the provision for loan losses, and a $14.8 million decrease in noninterest expense, partially offset by an increase of $19.5
million  in  the  provision  for  income  taxes  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  Pre-tax,  pre-provision  net  earnings  increased  by  $46.0  million,  or
68.4%,  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  Excluding  the  impact  of  a  $10.4  million  non-recurring  cost
incurred  in  connection  with  the  prepayment  of  $150.0  million  of  long-term  fixed  rate  FHLB  borrowings  in  December  2020,  pre-tax,  pre-
provision net income would have increased $35.5 million, or 45.8%, for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year.

Net Interest Income

Net interest income totaled $170.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021, an increase of $31.8 million, compared to the prior year.
The  increase  in  net  interest  income  was  primarily  impacted  by  lower  interest  expense  driven  by  a  72  basis  point  decline  in  the  cost  of
interest-bearing deposits and a $640.5 million decrease in the average balance of time deposits. Interest expense was further reduced by a
decrease in the average balance and cost of FHLB advances of $96.9 million and 58 basis points, respectively. These improvements were
partially offset by a decline in interest income resulting from a 26 basis point decrease in the yield on our loans and a 23 basis point decline
in the yield on our investment securities, partially offset by $136.0 million increase in the average balance of multifamily loans.

Net interest margin for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 2.40%, compared to 1.97% for the prior year. The increase in our margin was
primarily  related  to  the  decline  in  the  cost  of  our  interest-bearing  deposits,  partially  offset  by  the  decline  in  the  yields  of  our  loan  and
investment portfolios, as discussed above. Over the year, the yield on our interest-earning assets decreased by 23 basis points, while the
cost  of  our  interest-bearing  liabilities  decreased  by  70  basis  points.  Our  net  interest  spread  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  was
2.30%, increasing by 47 basis points as compared to last year.

Average  balance  sheet,  interest  and  yield/rate  analysis. The  following  table  presents  average  balance  sheet  information,  interest  income,
interest expense and the corresponding average yield earned and rates paid for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019. The
average balances are daily averages.

35

Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total loans 

(1)

Investment securities
Cash, cash equivalents and
restricted cash
Total interest-earning assets
Noninterest-earning assets 

(2)

Total assets
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Transaction accounts
Money market demand accounts
Time deposits
     Total deposits
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior debt
Total interest-bearing liabilities
Noninterest-bearing deposit
accounts
Noninterest-bearing liabilities
Total liabilities
Total stockholders' equity
Total liabilities and
stockholders' equity

Average
Balance

2021
Interest
Inc/Exp

Yield/Rate

For the Years Ended December 31,
2020
Interest
Inc/Exp

Average
Balance

Yield/Rate

Average
Balance

2019
Interest
Inc/Exp

Yield/Rate

$

$

$

4,199,639  $ 155,509 
53,695 
1,897,575 
8,893 
196,456 
1,148 
18,920 
219,245 
6,312,590 
8,451 
653,479 

3.70 % $
2.83 %
4.53 %
6.07 %
3.47 %
1.29 %

4,063,607  $ 155,104 
65,030 
1,907,940 
9,530 
206,639 
1,332 
20,199 
230,996 
6,198,385 
9,856 
647,174 

3.82 % $
3.41 %
4.61 %
6.59 %
3.73 %
1.52 %

3,870,897  $ 162,328 
76,766 
2,139,517 
9,353 
196,903 
1,083 
15,907 
249,530 
6,223,224 
15,461 
661,574 

150,166 
7,116,235 
66,937 
7,183,172 

158,956 
2,427,599 
2,750,461 
5,337,016 
868,591 
61,857 
94,596 
6,362,060 

112,436 
65,184 
6,539,680 
643,492 

223 
227,919 

0.15 %
3.20 %

$

0.22 % $
0.48 %
0.84 %
0.66 %
1.67 %
1.64 %
6.66 %
0.90 %

358 
11,889 
23,365 
35,612 
14,535 
1,015 
6,298 
57,460 

185,246 
7,030,805 
61,602 
7,092,407 

178,655 
1,652,109 
3,390,992 
5,221,756 
965,490 
61,857 
94,473 
6,343,576 

69,208 
68,853 
6,481,637 
610,770 

538 
241,390 

0.29 %
3.43 %

$

0.48 % $
0.88 %
1.67 %
1.38 %
2.25 %
2.22 %
6.67 %
1.60 %

876 
14,862 
57,593 
73,331 
21,761 
1,373 
6,302 
102,767 

2,151 
267,142 

2,686 
18,181 
84,225 
105,092 
24,896 
2,447 
6,300 
138,735 

105,042 
6,989,840 
76,707 
7,066,547 

210,743 
1,402,608 
3,538,223 
5,151,574 
1,056,557 
61,857 
94,350 
6,364,338 

41,821 
60,814 
6,466,973 
599,574 

$

7,183,172 

$

7,092,407 

$

7,066,547 

4.19 %
3.59 %
4.75 %
6.81 %
4.01 %
2.34 %

2.05 %
3.82 %

1.26 %
1.28 %
2.35 %
2.01 %
2.36 %
3.96 %
6.68 %
2.16 %

Net interest spread 

(3)

Net interest income/margin

 (4)

$ 170,459 

2.30 %

2.40 %

$ 138,623 

1.83 %

1.97 %

$ 128,407 

1.66 %

1.84 %

(1)     Non-accrual loans are included in total loan balances. No adjustment has been made for these loans in the calculation of yields. Interest income on loans
includes amortization of deferred loan costs, net of deferred loan fees. Net deferred loan cost amortization totaled $19.6 million, $16.2 million and $14.6 million
for the years ended December 31, 2021, 2020 and 2019, respectively.

(2)     Noninterest-earning assets includes the allowance for loan losses.
(3)    Net interest spread is the average yield on total interest-earning assets minus the average rate on total interest-bearing liabilities.
(4)     Net interest margin is net interest income divided by total average interest-earning assets.

Interest  rates  and  operating  interest  differential. Increases  and  decreases  in  interest  income  and  interest  expense  result  from  changes  in
average  balances  (volume)  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities,  as  well  as  changes  in  average  interest  rates.  The
following table shows the effect that these factors had on the interest earned from our interest-earning assets and interest incurred on our
interest-bearing liabilities during the periods indicated. The effect of changes in volume is determined by multiplying the change in volume by
the  prior  period’s  average  rate.  The  effect  of  rate  changes  is  calculated  by  multiplying  the  change  in  average  rate  by  the  prior  period’s
volume. The change in interest due to both rate and volume has been allocated to rate and volume changes in proportion to the relationship
of the absolute dollar amounts of the changes in each.

36

Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total Loans

Investment securities
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Total interest-earning assets
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Transaction accounts
Money market demand accounts
Time deposits

Total deposits
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior debt
Total interest-bearing liabilities

Net Interest Income

(Dollars in thousands)
Interest-Earning Assets
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total Loans

Investment securities
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Total interest-earning assets
Interest-Bearing Liabilities
Transaction accounts
Money market demand accounts
Time deposits

Total deposits
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated debentures
Senior debt
Total interest-bearing liabilities

Net Interest Income

$

$

$

$

For the Years Ended December 31, 2021 vs 2020
Variance Due To
Yield/Rate

Total

Volume

5,240  $
(350)
(471)
(82)
4,337 
95 
(89)
4,343 

(88)
5,204 
(9,426)
(4,310)
(2,025)
— 
7 
(6,328)
10,671  $

(4,835) $

(10,985)
(166)
(102)
(16,088)
(1,500)
(226)
(17,814)

(430)
(8,177)
(24,802)
(33,409)
(5,201)
(358)
(11)
(38,979)
21,165  $

For the Years Ended December 31, 2020 vs 2019
Variance Due To
Yield/Rate

Total

Volume

7,723  $
(8,021)
456 
285 
443 
(328)
981 
1,096 

928 
1,425 
(3,348)
(995)
(2,035)
— 
9 
(3,021)
4,117  $

(14,947) $
(3,715)
(279)
(36)
(18,977)
(5,277)
(2,594)
(26,848)

(1,825)
(5,657)
(23,284)
(30,766)
(1,100)
(1,074)
(7)
(32,947)

6,099  $

405 
(11,335)
(637)
(184)
(11,751)
(1,405)
(315)
(13,471)

(518)
(2,973)
(34,228)
(37,719)
(7,226)
(358)
(4)
(45,307)
31,836 

(7,224)
(11,736)
177 
249 
(18,534)
(5,605)
(1,613)
(25,752)

(897)
(4,232)
(26,632)
(31,761)
(3,135)
(1,074)
2 
(35,968)
10,216 

Total interest income decreased by $13.5 million, or 5.6%, for the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year. Interest
income on loans decreased $11.8 million to $219.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $231.0 million for the prior year. The
decline  was  primarily  due  to  a  26  basis  point  decrease  in  our  loan  yield,  as  compared  to  the  prior  year  due  to  the  prepayment  of  higher
yielding loans, which are being replaced by loans at lower current interest rates, as well as a $3.4 million increase in accelerated loan cost
amortization on

37

Table of Contents

prepaid loans, partially offset by a $136.0 million increase in the average balance of multifamily residential loans and a $3.2 million decline in
the  cost  of  our  interest  rate  swaps  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  Additionally,  interest  income  on  investments  decreased  by  $1.4  million
primarily  due  to  a  reduced  yield  on  investment  securities  of  23  basis  points.  The  decline  in  our  investment  yield  was  generally  caused  by
variable rate securities repricing to lower current interest rates, as well as the accelerated prepayment of securities backed by mortgages.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, total loans increased $247.6 million compared to a decrease of $181.2 million during the year
ended December 31, 2020. The volume of new loans originated totaled $2.4 billion and $1.4 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021
and 2020, respectively. Volume for the current year includes the purchase of a $287.8 million pool of fixed rate single family loans in February
2021. The weighted average rate on new loans for the year ended December 31, 2021 was 3.30% compared to 3.71% for the prior year. The
decline in the average coupon for current year originations compared to the prior year was due to the general lower level of market interest
rates and competitive market pressures compounded by excess liquidity in financial markets. Loan payoffs and paydowns totaled $2.1 billion
and $1.6 billion for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Elevated loan prepayment speeds were primarily related to
customers refinancing their hybrid-ARM loans to take advantage of lower long-term interest rates. The weighted average rate on loan payoffs
during the year ended December 31, 2021 was 3.93% as compared to 4.15% for the prior year.

Total interest expense decreased $45.3 million to $57.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $102.8 million for the prior year.
Interest expense on deposits decreased $37.7 million to $35.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $73.3 million for the prior
year. This decrease was primarily due to the cost of interest-bearing deposits decreasing 72 basis points predominantly due to our deposit
portfolio  repricing  to  lower  current  market  interest  rates,  as  well  an  increase  in  the  proportion  of  non-maturity  deposits  within  the  portfolio
which totaled 57.8% at year ended December 31, 2021 compared to 41.9% at December 31, 2020. Interest expense on advances from the
FHLB  decreased  by  $7.2  million  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  as  compared  to  the  prior  year.  This  decrease  was  due  to  a
decline in the average balance and cost of FHLB advances of $96.9 million and 58 basis points, respectively. We generally use both deposits
and  FHLB  advances  to  fund  net  loan  growth.  We  also  use  FHLB  advances,  with  or  without  embedded  interest  rate  caps,  as  a  hedge  of
interest rate risk, as we can strategically control the duration of those funds. A discussion of instruments used to mitigate interest rate risk
can be found under Part II - Item 7A. ‘‘Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.’’

Provision for Loan Losses

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we reversed provisions for loan losses totaling $10.8 million, compared to recording provisions
for loan losses of $10.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2020. The recaptured loan loss provisions during the current year primarily
related  to  the  reversal  of  reserves  initially  established  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020  for  the  uncertain  economic  impact
associated  with  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  Additionally,  we  recognized  further  reserve  releases  for  general  improvements  in  asset  quality
within our loan portfolio. The Company continues to maintain approximately $2.5 million in qualitative reserves attributed to the pandemic.

Nonperforming loans totaled $2.3 million and $6.3 million, or 0.04% and 0.10% of total loans, at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.
During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  total  criticized  loans  decreased  by  $40.3  million,  or  70.7%,  compared  to  the  prior  year,  and
finished the current year at $16.7 million. The decline in criticized loan balances was attributable to both the improvement in our loans that
were  initially  impacted  by  the  pandemic,  as  well  as  the  upgrade  and  payoff  of  criticized  and  classified  loans  that  were  downgraded  for
reasons unrelated to the pandemic. As of June 2021, all loans modified for pandemic related payment deferral during 2020 and 2021 had
returned to scheduled payments or paid off in full. Our allowance for loan losses as a percentage of total loans was 0.56% at December 31,
2021 as compared to 0.76% at December 31, 2020.

Noninterest Income

Noninterest income decreased by $634 thousand to $1.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $2.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2020. The following table presents the major components of our noninterest income:

38

Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest Income
FHLB dividends
Fee income
Other

Total noninterest income

For the Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$ Increase
(Decrease)

% Increase
(Decrease)

$

$

1,558  $
420 
(92)
1,886  $

1,650  $
232 
638 
2,520  $

(92)
188 
(730)
(634)

(5.6)%
81.0 %
(114.4)%
(25.2)%

The decrease in noninterest income for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020 was primarily
due  to  a  $344  thousand  decline  in  market  value  on  equity  securities  recorded  during  the  current  year  compared  to  an  increase  in  market
value of $255 thousand recorded during the prior year. This decrease was partially offset by a $188 thousand increase in fee income due to
additional deposit account fees earned primarily related our specialty deposit accounts.

Noninterest Expense

Noninterest expense decreased $14.8 million, or 20.0%, to $59.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2021 from $73.9 million for 2020.
The following table presents the components of our noninterest expense:

(Dollars in thousands)
Noninterest Expense
Compensation and related benefits
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
Deposit insurance premium
Professional and regulatory fees
Occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Data processing
Marketing
Other expenses

Total noninterest expense

For the Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$ Increase
(Decrease)

% Increase
(Decrease)

$

$

38,624  $
— 
1,920 
1,976 
4,933 
2,561 
3,785 
1,240 
4,106 
59,145  $

43,100  $
10,443 
1,905 
1,844 
4,585 
2,685 
3,911 
1,683 
3,778 
73,934  $

(4,476)
(10,443)
15 
132 
348 
(124)
(126)
(443)
328 
(14,789)

(10.4)%
(100.0)%
0.8 %
7.2 %
7.6 %
(4.6)%
(3.2)%
(26.3)%
8.7 %
(20.0)%

The decrease in noninterest expense during the year ended December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year was primarily attributable to a
non-recurring $10.4 million prepayment fee incurred in connection with the prepayment of $150.0 million of FHLB borrowings in December
2020.  The  prepayments  were  a  strategic  decision  to  utilize  low  yielding  excess  liquidity  to  reduce  high  cost  borrowings  to  benefit  our  net
interest margin in future quarters. The decrease in noninterest expense was further impacted by a $4.5 million decline in compensation costs
primarily due to an increase in capitalized loan origination costs related to higher loan volumes compared to the prior year.

Our  efficiency  ratio  was  34.3%  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021  compared  to  52.4%  for  the  prior  year.  Excluding  the  impact  of  the
nonrecurring  cost  of  the  prepayment  fee  on  FHLB  borrowings  discussed  above,  our  efficiency  ratio  would  have  been  45.0%  for  the  year
ended December 31, 2020.

Income Tax Expense

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, we recorded income tax expense of $36.2 million and $16.7 million, respectively, with
effective tax rates of 29.2% and 29.6%, respectively.

Financial Condition - As of December 31, 2021 and 2020

Total assets at December 31, 2021 were $7.2 billion, an increase of $273.9 million, or 4.0%, from December 31, 2020. The increase was
primarily due to a $247.6 million increase in loans and a $49.6 million increase in

39

Table of Contents

investment securities, partially offset by a $40.4 million decrease in cash as compared to December 31, 2020. Total liabilities were $6.5 billion
at  December  31,  2021,  an  increase  of  $218.4  million,  or  3.5%,  from  December  31,  2020.  The  increase  in  total  liabilities  was  primarily
attributable to growth in our deposits of $273.9 million compared to the prior year end, partially offset by a decrease in FHLB advances of
$55.1 million.

Loan Portfolio Composition

Our loan portfolio is our largest class of earning assets and typically provides higher yields than other types of earning assets. Associated
with the higher yields is an inherent amount of credit risk which we attempt to mitigate with strong underwriting. As of December 31, 2021
and  2020,  our  total  loans  amounted  to  $6.3  billion  and  $6.0  billion,  respectively.  The  following  table  presents  the  balance  and  associated
percentage of each major product type within our portfolio as of the dates indicated.

(Dollars in thousands)
Real estate loans

Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total loans held for investment
before deferred items

Deferred loan costs, net

Total loans

2021

2020

As of December 31,

2019

2018

2017

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

Amount

% of total

$

4,183,194 
1,859,524 
186,531 
18,094 

6,247,343 
50,077 

66.9 % $
29.8 %
3.0 %
0.3 %

100.0 %

4,075,893 
1,700,119 
202,189 
22,241 

6,000,442 
49,374 

67.9 % $
28.3 %
3.4 %
0.4 %

100.0 %

3,962,929 
1,993,484 
202,452 
20,665 

6,179,530 
51,447 

64.1 % $
32.3 %
3.3 %
0.3 %

100.0 %

3,650,967 
2,231,802 
183,559 
12,756 

6,079,084 
51,546 

60.1 % $
36.7 %
3.0 %
0.2 %

100.0 %

2,887,438 
1,957,546 
112,492 
41,215 

4,998,691 
42,856 

57.7 %
39.2 %
2.3 %
0.8 %

100.0 %

$

6,297,420 

$

6,049,816 

$

6,230,977 

$

6,130,630 

$

5,041,547 

The relative composition of the loan portfolio has not changed significantly over the past few years. Our primary focus remains multifamily
real estate lending, which constitutes 67% and 68% of our portfolio at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Single family residential
lending is our secondary lending emphasis and represents 30% and 28% of our portfolio at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The
increase in the percentage of single family residential loans during the current year was augmented by the purchase of a $287.8 million pool
of fixed-rate loans in February 2021.

We recognize that our multifamily and single family residential loan products represent concentrations within our balance sheet. Multifamily
loan  balances  as  a  percentage  of  risk-based  capital  were  551%  and  575%  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  Our  single
family  loans  as  a  percentage  of  risk-based  capital  were  246%  and  242%  as  of  the  same  dates.  Additionally,  our  loans  are  geographically
concentrated with borrowers and collateral properties on the West Coast. At December 31, 2021, 63%, 26% and 9% of our real estate loans
were  collateralized  by  properties  in  southern  California  counties,  northern  California  counties  and  Washington,  respectively,  compared  to
62%, 26% and 10%, respectively, at December 31, 2020.

Our lending strategy has been to focus on products and markets where we have significant expertise. Given our concentrations, we have
established  strong  risk  management  practices  including  risk-based  lending  standards,  self-established  product  and  geographical  limits,
annual cash flow evaluations of income property loans and semi-annual stress testing.

We  have  a  small  portfolio  of  construction  loans  with  commitments  (funded  and  unfunded)  totaling  $38.1  million  and  $34.7  million  at
December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2021,  the  average  loan  commitment  for  our  single  family  construction
product,  which  includes  small  tract  housing  and  condominium  projects,  and  multifamily  residential  construction  loans  was  $5.1  million  and
$6.4 million, respectively. Our construction lending typically focuses on non-owner occupied single family residential projects with completed
per-unit values of $4.0 million or less and multifamily projects with loan commitments of $15.0 million or less.

40

Table of Contents

The following table presents the activity in our loan portfolio for the periods shown:

(Dollars in thousands)
Loan Inflows:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land
Mortgage banking originations
Purchases

Total loans originated and purchased

Loan Outflows:
Loan principal reductions and payoffs
Portfolio loan sales
Mortgage banking loan sales
Other 
Total loan outflows

(1)

Net change in total loan portfolio

$

2021

1,282,311  $
768,614 
2,000 
27,612 
— 
287,751 
2,368,288 

For the Years Ended December 31,
2019

2018

2020

904,588  $
494,753 
12,106 
9,583 
— 
20,380 
1,441,410 

891,116  $
591,177 
38,088 
33,618 
— 
10,052 
1,564,051 

1,119,617  $
828,907 
84,808 
14,555 
— 
— 
2,047,887 

2017

1,302,896 
726,485 
63,893 
29,010 
18,041 
— 
2,140,325 

(2,095,438)
(1,706)
— 
(23,540)
(2,120,684)

(1,640,597)
(825)
— 
18,851 
(1,622,571)

(1,376,413)
(68,325)
— 
(18,966)
(1,463,704)

$

247,604  $

(181,161) $

100,347  $

(956,578)
(19,603)
— 
17,377 
(958,804)
1,089,083  $

(909,387)
(652,705)
(25,187)
10,109 
(1,577,170)
563,155 

(1) 
Other  changes  in  loan  balances  primarily  represent  the  net  change  in  disbursements  on  unfunded  commitments,  deferred  loan  costs,  fair  value
adjustments and, to the extent applicable, may include foreclosures, charge-offs, negative amortization and interest capitalized as a result of COVID-19
modifications.

Our loan portfolio increased $247.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021. The growth of our loan portfolio was primarily due to
an increase of $659.5 million in new loan origination volume and a purchase of a $287.8 million pool of fixed-rate single family loans, partially
offset by a $454.8 million increase in loan principal reductions and payoffs. Loan curtailments increased during the current year as compared
to 2020 primarily as a result of refinancing activity. In early 2020, long-term Treasury rates, which are generally correlated to lending rates,
declined significantly allowing borrowers the opportunity to lock in less expensive borrowing costs. Loan prepayment speeds were 27.4% and
22.4% during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. During 2017, we closed a securitization transaction resulting in
the sale of $626.1 million of multifamily loans. The primary purpose of this transaction was to enable us to redeploy capital and funding to
support  higher-yielding  assets  while  also  reducing  our  reliance  on  wholesale  funding,  improving  liquidity  measures  and  reducing  our
concentration  of  multifamily  loans.  In  that  same  year,  mortgage  banking  loan  sales  primarily  consisted  of  30-year  fixed  rate  single  family
residential loans that were sold through our retail mortgage banking division, which was closed during the first quarter of 2017.

Multifamily  residential  loans.  We  provide  multifamily  residential  loans  for  the  purchase  or  refinance  of  apartment  buildings  of  five  units  or
more,  with  the  financed  properties  serving  as  collateral  for  the  loan.  Our  multifamily  lending  is  built  around  three  core  principles:  market
selection,  deal  selection  and  sponsor  selection.  We  focus  on  markets  with  a  high  barrier  to  entry  for  new  development,  where  there  is  a
limited supply of new housing and where there is a high variance between the cost to rent and the cost to own. We typically lend on stabilized
and seasoned assets and focus on older, smaller properties with rents at or below market levels, catering to low and middle income renters.
Our customers are generally experienced real estate professionals who desire regular income/cash flow streams and are focused on building
wealth  steadily  over  time.  We  have  instituted  strong  lending  policies  to  mitigate  credit  and  concentration  risk.  At  December  31,  2021,  our
multifamily real estate portfolio had an average loan balance of $1.6 million, an average unit count of 14.0 units, a weighted average loan to
value  of  56.9%  and  a  weighted  average  debt  service  coverage  ratio  of  1.5,  as  compared  to  an  average  loan  balance  of  $1.6  million,  an
average unit count of 14.6 units, a weighted average loan to value of 56.6% and a weighted average debt service coverage ratio of 1.5 at
December 31, 2020.

Single family residential loans. We provide permanent financing on single family residential properties primarily located in our market areas,
which are both owner-occupied and investor owned. We conduct this business primarily through a network of third party mortgage brokers
with the intention of retaining these loans in our portfolio.

41

Table of Contents

The  majority  of  our  originations  are  for  purchase  transactions,  but  we  also  provide  loans  to  refinance  single  family  properties.  Our
underwriting criteria focuses on debt ratios, credit scores, liquidity of the borrower and the borrower’s cash reserves. At December 31, 2021,
our single family residential real estate portfolio had an average loan balance of $859 thousand, a weighted average loan to value of 62.5%
and a weighted average credit score at origination/refreshed of 759. At December 31, 2020, our single family residential real estate portfolio
had  an  average  loan  balance  of  $941  thousand,  a  weighted  average  loan  to  value  of  63.9%  and  a  weighted  average  credit  score  at
origination/refreshed of 751. Compared to the prior year end, the declines in the average loan balance and weighted average loan to value,
as  well  as  the  improvement  in  the  weighted  average  credit  score  were  due  to  the  single  family  loan  pool  purchase  in  February  2021,
discussed above.

Commercial real estate loans. While not a large part of our portfolio during any period presented, we also lend on nonresidential commercial
real estate. Our commercial real estate loans are generally used to finance the purchase or refinance of established multi-tenant industrial,
office and retail sites. At December 31, 2021, our commercial real estate portfolio had an average loan balance of $2.1 million, a weighted
average loan to value of 54.2% and a weighted average debt service coverage ratio of 1.70, as compared to an average loan balance of $2.1
million,  a  weighted  average  loan  to  value  of  55.1%  and  a  weighted  average  debt  service  coverage  ratio  of  1.52  at  December  31,  2020.
Lending in nonresidential commercial real estate has been intentionally limited since the start of the pandemic.

Construction and land. Other categories of loans included in our portfolio consist of construction and land loans. Construction loans include a
single family construction product, which includes small tract housing and condominium projects, and multifamily construction projects.

The following table sets forth the contractual maturity distribution of our loan portfolio:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Loans

Real estate mortgage loans:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total loans

Fixed interest rates
Floating or hybrid adjustable rates

Total loans
As of December 31, 2020:
Loans

Real estate mortgage loans:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total loans

Fixed interest rates
Floating or hybrid adjustable rates

Total loans

Due in 1 year or
less

Due after 1 year
through 5 years

Due after 5 years
through 15 years Due after 15 years

Total

2,225  $
631 
11,403 
7,446 
21,705  $

201  $

21,504 
21,705  $

6,336  $
1,143 
4,451 
3,211 
15,141  $

11  $

15,130 
15,141  $

37,730  $
56,858 
175,128 
— 

269,716  $

49,385  $

220,331 
269,716  $

31,569  $
4,989 
195,945 
— 

232,503  $

583  $

231,920 
232,503  $

4,143,209  $
1,802,008 
— 
— 

5,945,217  $

240,337  $

5,704,880 
5,945,217  $

4,037,979  $
1,693,952 
1,793 
— 

5,733,724  $

24,263  $

5,709,461 
5,733,724  $

4,183,194 
1,859,524 
186,531 
18,094 
6,247,343 

289,923 
5,957,420 
6,247,343 

4,075,893 
1,700,119 
202,189 
22,241 
6,000,442 

24,857 
5,975,585 
6,000,442 

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

30  $
27 
— 
10,648 
10,705  $

—  $

10,705 
10,705  $

9  $

35 
— 
19,030 
19,074  $

—  $

19,074 
19,074  $

42

Table of Contents

Our fixed interest rate loans generally consist of 30 and 40-year loans that are primarily secured by single family residential properties, often
in  conjunction  with  our  efforts  to  provide  affordable  housing  financing  to  low-to-moderate  income  individuals.  As  discussed  above,  the
increase in fixed rate loans at December 31, 2021 compared to the prior year was due to our purchase of a pool of fixed rate single family
loans in February 2021. Our floating and adjustable rate loans are largely hybrid interest rate programs that provide an initial fixed term of
three to ten years and then convert to quarterly or semi-annual repricing adjustments thereafter. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, $4.8
billion and $4.3 billion, respectively, of our floating or hybrid adjustable rate loans were at their floor rates. The weighted average minimum
interest rate on loans at their floor rates was 3.75% and 4.03% at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. Hybrid adjustable rate loans
still  within  their  initial  fixed  term  totaled  $5.1  billion  and  $5.3  billion  at  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  These  loans  had  a
weighted average term to first repricing date of 3.6 years and 3.3 years at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Asset Quality

Our  primary  objective  is  to  maintain  a  high  level  of  asset  quality  in  our  loan  portfolio.  We  believe  our  underwriting  practices  and  policies,
established by experienced professionals, appropriately govern the risk profile for our loan portfolio. These policies are continually evaluated
and updated as necessary. All loans are assessed and assigned a risk classification at origination based on underlying characteristics of the
transaction such as collateral type, collateral cash flow, collateral coverage and borrower strength. We believe that we have a comprehensive
methodology to proactively monitor our credit quality after origination. Particular emphasis is placed on our commercial portfolio where risk
assessments  are  re-evaluated  as  a  result  of  reviewing  commercial  property  operating  statements  and  borrower  financials  on  at  least  an
annual basis. Single family residential loans are subject to an annual regrading based upon a credit score refresh, among other factors. On
an ongoing basis, we also monitor payment performance, delinquencies, and tax and property insurance compliance, as well as any other
pertinent information that may be available to determine the collectability of a loan. We believe our practices facilitate the early detection and
remediation of problems within our loan portfolio. Assigned risk ratings, as well as the evaluation of other credit metrics, are an integral part
of  management  assessing  the  adequacy  of  our  allowance  for  loan  losses.  We  periodically  employ  the  use  of  an  outside  independent
consulting firm to evaluate our underwriting and risk assessment processes. Like other financial institutions, we are subject to the risk that
our loan portfolio will be exposed to increasing pressures from deteriorating borrower credit due to general economic conditions.

Nonperforming assets. Our nonperforming assets consist of nonperforming loans and foreclosed real estate, if any. It is our policy to place a
loan on non-accrual status in the event that the borrower is 90 days or more delinquent, unless the loan is well secured and in the process of
collection, or earlier if the timely collection of contractual payments appears doubtful. Cash payments subsequently received on non-accrual
loans  are  recognized  as  income  only  where  the  future  collection  of  the  remaining  principal  is  considered  by  management  to  be  probable.
Loans  are  restored  to  accrual  status  only  when  the  loan  is  less  than  90  days  delinquent  and  not  in  foreclosure,  and  the  borrower  has
demonstrated the ability to make future payments of principal and interest.

Troubled  debt  restructurings.  Loans  for  which  the  terms  have  been  modified  resulting  in  a  concession,  and  for  which  the  borrower  is
experiencing financial difficulties, are considered TDRs. Concessions could include reductions of interest rates, extension of the maturity date
at a rate lower than the current market rate for a new loan with similar risk, reduction of accrued interest, principal forgiveness, forbearance,
or other material modifications. The assessment of whether a borrower is experiencing or will likely experience financial difficulty and whether
a  concession  has  been  granted  is  highly  subjective  in  nature,  and  management’s  judgment  is  required  when  determining  whether  a
modification is classified as a TDR.

In conjunction with the passage of the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act ("CARES Act"), as well as the revised interagency
guidance  issued  in  April  2020,  "Interagency  Statement  on  Loan  Modifications  and  Reporting  for  Financial  Institutions  Working  With
Customers  Affected  by  the  Coronavirus  (Revised)",  banks  were  provided  the  option,  for  loans  meeting  specific  criteria,  to  temporarily
suspend  certain  requirements  under  GAAP  related  to  TDRs  for  a  limited  time  to  account  for  the  effects  of  COVID-19.  As  a  result,  the
Company  did  not  recognize  eligible  COVID-19  loan  modifications  as  TDRs.  Additionally,  loans  qualifying  for  these  modifications  were  not
required to be reported as delinquent, nonaccrual, impaired or criticized solely as a result of a COVID-19 loan modification. Since June 2021,
all loans modified for pandemic related payment deferral had returned to scheduled payments or paid off in full.

43

Table of Contents

The  following  table  provides  details  of  our  nonperforming  and  restructured  assets  as  of  the  dates  presented  and  certain  other  related
information:

(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans
     Multifamily residential portfolio
     Single family residential portfolio
     Commercial real estate
     Construction and land
Total non-accrual loans
Real estate owned

Total nonperforming assets

Performing troubled debt restructurings
Allowance for loan losses to period end nonperforming loans
Nonperforming loans to period end loans
Nonperforming assets to total assets
Nonperforming loans plus performing TDRs to total loans

2021

2020

As of December 31,
2019

2018

2017

$

$

$

505 
1,788 
— 
— 
2,293 
— 
2,293 

1,204 

$

$

$

1549.72 %
0.04 %
0.03 %
0.06 %

522 
5,791 
— 
— 
6,313 
— 
6,313 

1,260 

$

$

$

732.04 %
0.10 %
0.09 %
0.13 %

541 
5,792 
— 
— 
6,333 
— 
6,333 

1,305 

$

$

$

564 
1,448 
— 
— 
2,012 
— 
2,012 

4,434 

$

$

$

568.47 %
0.10 %
0.09 %
0.12 %

1705.47 %
0.03 %
0.03 %
0.11 %

2,250 
4,016 
656 
— 
6,922 
— 
6,922 

4,857 

437.91 %
0.14 %
0.12 %
0.23 %

When  assessing  whether  a  loan  should  be  placed  on  non-accrual  status  because  contractual  payments  appear  doubtful,  consideration  is
given to information we collect from third parties and our borrowers to substantiate their future ability to repay principal and interest due on
their loans as contractually agreed.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, $125 thousand and $122 thousand, respectively, in interest income was recognized on
non-accrual  loans  subsequent  to  their  classification  as  non-accrual.  For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company
recorded $94 thousand and $57 thousand, respectively, of interest income related to performing TDR loans. Gross interest income that would
have  been  recorded  on  non-accrual  loans  had  they  been  current  in  accordance  with  their  original  terms  was  $15  thousand  and  $169
thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Potential Problem Loans. We utilize a risk grading system for our loans to aid us in evaluating the overall credit quality of our real estate loan
portfolio and assessing the adequacy of our allowance for loan losses. All loans are categorized into a risk category at the time of origination,
re-evaluated at least annually for proper classification in conjunction with our review of property and borrower financial information and re-
evaluated for proper risk grading as new information such as payment patterns, collateral condition and other relevant information comes to
our attention. We use the following industry accepted definitions for risk ratings.

•

Pass: Assets are performing according to contract and have no existing or known weaknesses deserving of management’s close
attention.  The  basic  underwriting  criteria  used  to  approve  the  loan  is  still  valid  and  all  payments  have  essentially  been  made  as
planned.

• Watch: Assets are expected to have an event occurring in the next 90 to 120 days that will lead to a change in risk rating with the

change being either favorable or unfavorable. These assets require heightened monitoring of the event by management.

•

•

Special mention: Assets have potential weaknesses that deserve management’s close attention. If left uncorrected, these potential
weaknesses  may  result  in  deterioration  of  the  repayment  prospects  for  the  asset  or  in  our  credit  position  at  some  future  date.
Special mention assets are not adversely classified and do not expose us to sufficient risk to warrant adverse classification.

Substandard: Assets are inadequately protected by the current net worth and/or paying capacity of the obligor or by the collateral
pledged.  These  assets  have  well-defined  weaknesses:  the  primary  source  of  repayment  is  gone  or  severely  impaired  (i.e.,
bankruptcy  or  loss  of  employment)  and/or  there  has  been  a  deterioration  in  collateral  value.  In  addition,  there  is  the  distinct
possibility that we will sustain some loss, either directly or indirectly (i.e., the cost of monitoring), if the deficiencies are not corrected.
Deterioration in collateral value alone does not mandate that an asset be adversely classified if such factor does not indicate that
the primary source of repayment is in jeopardy.

44

Table of Contents

• Doubtful:  Assets  have  the  weaknesses  of  those  classified  substandard  with  the  added  characteristic  that  the  weaknesses  make

collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable based on current facts, conditions and values.

•

Loss:  Assets  are  considered  uncollectible  and  of  such  little  value  that  its  continuance  as  an  asset,  without  establishment  of  a
specific  valuation  allowance  or  charge-off,  is  not  warranted.  This  classification  does  not  necessarily  mean  that  an  asset  has
absolutely no recovery or salvage value; but rather, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off a basically worthless asset (or
portion thereof) even though partial recovery may be achieved in the future.

The  banking  industry  defines  loans  graded  Special  Mention  or  higher  risk  as  ‘‘criticized’’  and  loans  graded  Substandard  or  greater  risk  as
‘‘classified’’ loans. The following table shows our level of criticized and classified loans as of the periods indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total

Classified loans to period end loans
As of December 31, 2020:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total

Classified loans to period end loans
As of December 31, 2019:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total

Classified loans to period end loans
As of December 31, 2018:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total

Classified loans to period end loans
As of December 31, 2017:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land

Total

Classified loans to period end loans

Special Mention

Substandard

Doubtful

Loss

Total Criticized

Total Classified

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

4,586  $
— 
— 
— 
4,586  $

19,547  $
7,132 
3,599 
— 

30,278  $

19,708  $
13,635 
— 
— 

33,343  $

2,631  $
380 
1,489 
2,537 
7,037  $

6,621  $
9,106 
— 
— 

10,320  $
1,788 
— 
— 

12,108  $

20,204  $
6,547 
— 
— 

26,751  $

1,700  $
8,808 
— 
— 

10,508  $

1,937  $
5,532 
— 
— 
7,469  $

7,799  $
4,276 
1,638 
— 

15,727  $

13,713  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $

1,600 
— 
— 
1,600  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

14,906  $
1,788 
— 
— 

16,694  $

39,751  $
13,679 
3,599 
— 

57,029  $

21,408  $
24,043 
— 
— 

45,451  $

4,568  $
5,912 
1,489 
2,537 
14,506  $

14,420  $
13,382 
1,638 
— 

29,440  $

10,320 
1,788 
— 
— 
12,108 

0.19 %

20,204 
6,547 
— 
— 
26,751 

0.44 %

1,700 
10,408 
— 
— 
12,108 

0.20 %

1,937 
5,532 
— 
— 
7,469 

0.12 %

7,799 
4,276 
1,638 
— 
13,713 

0.27 %

Potential problem loans represent loans that are currently performing but as to which there is information known to

45

Table of Contents

us  about  possible  credit  problems  that  may  result  in  disclosure  of  such  loans  as  nonperforming  at  some  time  in  the  future.  We  define
‘‘potential  problem  loans’’  as  loans  with  a  risk  rating  of  ‘‘Substandard’’,  ‘‘Doubtful’’  or  ‘‘Loss’’  that  are  not  included  in  the  amounts  of  non-
accrual or restructured loans. As we cannot predict all circumstances that may cause our borrowers to default, there can be no assurance
that  these  loans  will  not  be  placed  on  non-accrual  status  or  become  restructured.  At  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  we  have  identified
potential problem loans totaling $9.8 million and $20.4 million, respectively, that were all classified as ‘‘Substandard’’.

Allowance for loan losses. Our allowance for loan losses is maintained at a level management believes is adequate to account for probable
incurred credit losses in the loan portfolio as of the reporting date. We determine the allowance based on a quarterly evaluation of risk. That
evaluation  gives  consideration  to  the  nature  of  the  loan  portfolio,  historical  loss  experience,  known  and  inherent  risks  in  the  portfolio,  the
estimated  value  of  any  underlying  collateral,  adverse  situations  that  may  affect  a  borrower’s  ability  to  repay,  current  economic  and
environmental conditions and risk assessments assigned to each loan as a result of our ongoing reviews of the loan portfolio. This process
involves a considerable degree of judgment and subjectivity. In addition, various regulatory agencies, as an integral part of their examination
process, periodically review the Bank’s allowance. Such agencies may require the Bank to recognize additions to the allowance based on
judgments different from those of management.

Our allowance is established through charges to the provision for loan losses. Loans, or portions of loans, deemed to be uncollectible are
charged against the allowance. Recoveries of previously charged-off amounts are credited to our allowance for loan losses. The allowance is
decreased by the reversal of prior provisions when the total allowance balance is deemed excessive for the risks inherent in the portfolio. The
allowance for loan losses balance is neither indicative of the specific amounts of future charge-offs that may occur, nor is it an indicator of
any future loss trends.

2021

2020

 As of December 31,
2019

2018

2017

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

% of Loans in
Each
Category

Allowance
for Loan
Losses

% of Loans in
Each
Category

Allowance for
Loan Losses

% of Loans in
Each
Category

Allowance for
Loan Losses

% of Loans in
Each
Category

Allowance for
Loan Losses

% of Loans in
Each
Category

$

26,043 

66.9 % $

33,259 

67.9 % $

23,372 

64.1 % $

21,326 

60.1 % $

18,588 

7,224 

2,094 

174 
35,535 

29.8 %

3.0 %

9,372 

3,347 

28.3 %

10,076 

32.3 %

10,125 

36.7 %

3.4 %

2,341 

3.3 %

2,441 

3.0 %

9,044 

1,734 

0.3 %
100.0 % $

236 
46,214 

0.4 %
100.0 % $

212 
36,001 

0.3 %
100.0 % $

422 
34,314 

0.2 %
100.0 % $

946 
30,312 

46

57.7 %

39.2 %

2.3 %

0.8 %
100.0 %

(Dollars in
thousands)
Multifamily
residential
Single family
residential
Commercial
real estate
Construction
and land

Total

$

Table of Contents

The following table provides information on the activity within the allowance for loan losses as of and for the periods indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Loans held-for-investment
Allowance for loan losses at beginning of period
Charge-offs:
     Single family residential
Recoveries:
     Multifamily residential
     Single family residential
     Commercial real estate
     Construction and land
          Total recoveries
Net recoveries (charge-offs)
(Reversal of) provision for loan losses

$

Allowance for loan losses at period end
Allowance for loan losses to period end loans held
for investment
Annualized net (recoveries) charge-offs to average loans:
     Multifamily residential
     Single family residential
     Commercial real estate
     Construction and land
Annualized total net (recoveries) charge-offs total to
average loans

Investment Portfolio

2021
6,297,420 

46,214 

$

$

2020
6,049,816 

Years Ended December 31,
2019
6,230,977 

$

$

2018
6,130,630 

36,001 

$

34,314 

$

30,312 

(722)

— 
85 
— 
300 
385 
(337)
10,550 
46,214 

$

— 

— 
12 
— 
425 
437 
437 
1,250 
36,001 

$

— 

— 
12 
90 
300 
402 
402 
3,600 
34,314 

2017
5,041,547 

33,298 

(5)

— 
12 
— 
379 
391 
386 
(3,372)
30,312 

$

$

$

$

$

$

— 

— 
64 
— 
57 
121 
121 
(10,800)
35,535 

0.56 %

0.76 %

0.58 %

0.56 %

0.60 %

0.00 %
(0.00)%
— %
(0.30)%

(0.00)%

0.00 %
0.03 %
— %
(1.49)%

0.01 %

0.00 %
(0.00)%
— %
(2.67)%

(0.01)%

0.00 %
(0.00)%
(0.06)%
(1.11)%

(0.01)%

0.00 %
(0.00)%
0.00 %
(0.83)%

(0.01)%

Our  investment  portfolio  is  generally  comprised  of  government  agency  securities  which  are  high-quality  liquid  investments  under  Basel  III.
The portfolio is primarily maintained to serve as a contingent, on-balance sheet source of liquidity and as such, is kept unencumbered. We
manage our investment portfolio according to written investment policies approved by our board of directors. Our investment strategy aims to
maximize  earnings  while  maintaining  liquidity  in  securities  with  minimal  credit  risk  and  interest  rate  risk  which  is  reflective  in  the  yields
obtained on those securities. Most of our securities are classified as available for sale, although we occasionally purchase long-term fixed
rate  mortgage  backed  securities  or  municipal  securities  for  community  reinvestment  purposes  and  classify  those  as  held  to  maturity.  In
addition, we have equity securities which consist of investments in a qualified community reinvestment fund.

47

Table of Contents

The following table presents the book value of our investment portfolio as of the dates indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale debt securities:

Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential mortgage backed securities ("MBS") and
collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs")
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

Other asset backed securities ("ABS")

Total available for sale debt securities
Held to maturity:

Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS
Other investments

Total held to maturity debt securities
Equity securities

Total investment securities

As of December 31,

2021

2020

 Book Value

% of Total

Book Value

% of Total

$

$

200,133 
407,746 
10,831 
28,607 
647,317 

3,761 
68 
3,829 
11,693 
662,839 

30.19  % $
61.52  %
1.63  %
4.32 %
97.66  %

0.57  %
0.01  %
0.58  %
1.76  %
100.00  % $

216,724 
361,988 
15,022 
— 
593,734 

7,391 
76 
7,467 
12,037 
613,238 

35.34  %
59.03  %
2.45  %
— %
96.82  %

1.21  %
0.01  %
1.22  %
1.96  %
100.00  %

The following table presents the book value of our investment portfolio by their stated maturities, as well as the weighted average yields for
each  maturity  range  at  December  31,  2021.  The  weighted  average  yield  on  investments  is  calculated  based  on  the  net  interest  earnings
during the year divided by the average investment balance throughout the year.

Due in one year or
less

 Book
Value

Weighted
average yield

Due after one year
through five years
Weighted
Book
average yield
Value

Due after five years
through ten years

Book Value

Weighted
average yield

Due after ten years
Weighted
average yield

Book Value

Equity securities
Book
Value

Weighted
average yield

Total

Book Value

Weighted
average yield

(Dollars in
thousands)

Available for sale:

Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential
MBS and CMOs $ — 
Commercial
MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

— 
— 
— 

Other ABS

Held to maturity:

Government Sponsored Entities:

— % $

21 

1.59 % $

69 

2.69 % $

200,043 

1.27 % $

— %
— %
— %

25,973 
— 
— 

0.78 %
— %
— %

96,996 
7,715 
— 

0.57 %
0.76 %
— %

284,777 
3,116 
28,607 

1.24 %
0.76 %
0.72 %

— 

— 
— 
— 

— % $

200,133 

1.27 %

— %
— %
— %

407,746 
10,831 
28,607 

1.05 %
0.76 %
0.72 %

Residential
MBS
Other
investments
Equity Securities

Total

— 

— 
— 

— %

— %
— %

— 

— 
— 

— %

— %
— %

— %

3,761 

3.12 %

— 

— %

3,761 

3.12 %

68 
— 

3.88 %
— %

— 
— 

— %
— %

— 
11,693 

— %
1.15 %

68 
11,693 

3.88 %
1.15 %

1.11 %

$ — 

— % $ 25,994 

0.78 % $

104,848 

0.59 % $

520,304 

1.23 % $ 11,693 

1.15 % $

662,839 

48

Table of Contents

The following table presents the fair value of our securities:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:

Available for sale:
Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS and CMOs
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

Other ABS

Total available for sale
Held to maturity:
Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS
Other investments
Total held to maturity
Equity securities

Total investment securities
As of December 31, 2020:

Available for sale:
Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS and CMOs
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

Total available for sale
Held to maturity:
Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS
Other investments
Total held to maturity
Equity securities

Total investment securities

Amortized Cost

Gross Unrealized
Gains

Gross Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

$

$

$

$

200,775  $
407,111 
10,587 
28,720 
647,193 

3,761 
68 
3,829 
11,693 
662,715  $

213,279  $
355,963 
14,998 
584,240 

7,391 
76 
7,467 
12,037 
603,744  $

1,225  $
3,281 
244 
37 
4,787 

189 
— 
189 
— 
4,976  $

3,459  $
6,337 
69 
9,865 

403 
— 
403 
— 
10,268  $

(1,867) $
(2,646)
— 
(150)
(4,663)

— 
— 
— 
— 
(4,663) $

(14) $

(312)
(45)
(371)

— 
— 
— 
— 
(371) $

200,133 
407,746 
10,831 
28,607 
647,317 

3,950 
68 
4,018 
11,693 
663,028 

216,724 
361,988 
15,022 
593,734 

7,794 
76 
7,870 
12,037 
613,641 

The unrealized losses on securities are attributed to interest rate changes rather than the marketability of the securities or the issuer’s ability
to honor redemption of the obligations, as the securities with losses are primarily obligations of or guaranteed by agencies sponsored by the
U.S. government. We have adequate liquidity with the ability and intent to hold these securities to maturity resulting in full recovery of the
indicated impairment. Accordingly, none of the unrealized losses on these securities have been determined to be other than temporary.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the average estimated remaining life of our available for sale investment portfolio was 5.30 years and 5.34
years, respectively.

Deposits

Representing 85.1% of our total liabilities as of December 31, 2021, deposits are our primary source of funding for our business operations.
We  have  historically  maintained  and  grown  our  deposit  customer  base  in  various  rate  environments  based  on  our  strong  customer
relationships,  evidenced  in  part  by  increased  deposits  over  recent  years,  as  well  as  our  reputation  as  a  safe,  sound,  secure  and  "well-
capitalized"  institution  and  our  commitment  to  excellent  customer  service.  We  are  focused  on  growing  our  deposits  by  deepening  our
relationships with our existing loan and deposit customers and looking to expand our traditional product footprint with newer emphasis placed
on specialty/business affiliations and transaction accounts. When competitively priced and/or for asset liability management purposes, we will
supplement our deposits with wholesale deposits.

49

Table of Contents

Total  deposits  increased  by  $273.9  million,  or  5.2%,  to  $5.5  billion  at  December  31,  2021  from  $5.3  billion  at  December  31,  2020.  Retail
deposits increased $298.1 million, while brokered deposits declined by $24.2 million. The increase in retail deposits was primarily related to
growth within our specialty deposits, while the decrease in brokered deposits was a purposeful decision by the Company to allow wholesale
deposits  to  expire  to  reduce  excess,  low  yielding  cash  from  the  balance  sheet  that  was  partially  the  result  of  the  expansion  in  our  retail
deposits.  During  the  year,  the  proportion  of  non-maturity  deposits  within  the  portfolio  increased  to  57.8%  compared  to  41.9%  at
December 31, 2020, while our portfolio of time deposits decreased to 42.2% from 58.1%, respectively. The change in the composition of our
deposit portfolio was attributed to a combination of consumer preferences to maintain flexibility in low interest rate environments, as well as
our strategic goal of increasing transaction accounts. We consider approximately 74.6% of our retail deposits at December 31, 2021 to be
core deposits based on our internal methodology, which gives consideration to the tenure of customer relationships, product penetration and
the relative cost of the deposit accounts.

Our loan to deposit ratio was 114% and 115% at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. It is common for us to operate with a loan to
deposit ratio exceeding those commonly seen at other banks. Our higher than average ratio is attributed to our use of FHLB borrowings to
supplement  loan  growth  and  to  strategically  manage  our  interest  rate  risk,  as  well  as  our  preference  to  maintain  a  large  proportion  of  our
assets in real estate loans which generally provide a better yield than high-quality liquid investments.

The following table summarizes our deposit composition by average deposits and average rates paid for the years indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)

Average amount

December 31, 2021
Weighted average
rate paid

Percent of total
deposits

Average amount

December 31, 2020
Weighted average
rate paid

Percent of total
deposits

Noninterest-bearing deposit accounts
Interest-bearing transaction accounts
Money market demand accounts
Time deposits

Total

$

$

112,436 
158,956 
2,427,599 
2,750,461 
5,449,452 

— %
0.22 %
0.48 %
0.84 %
0.64 %

2.1 % $
2.9 %
44.5 %
50.5 %
100.0 % $

69,208 
178,655 
1,652,109 
3,390,992 
5,290,964 

— %
0.48 %
0.88 %
1.67 %
1.36 %

1.3 %
3.4 %
31.2 %
64.1 %
100.0 %

The following table sets forth the maturity of time deposits as of December 31, 2021:

(Dollars in thousands, except for column headings)
Remaining maturity:

Three months or less
Over three through six months
Over six through twelve months
Over twelve months

Total

Percent of total deposits

Insured

Uninsured

$

$

520,585 
416,749 
777,727 
149,411 
1,864,472 

$

$

178,145 
81,665 
180,961 
29,898 
470,669 

33.67 %

8.50 %

The Company estimated its balance of uninsured deposits at approximately $1.4 billion at both December 31, 2021 and 2020. At the same
dates, the Company had $25.8 million and $50.0 million of wholesale deposits, respectively.

FHLB Advances and Other Borrowings

In  addition  to  deposits,  we  utilize  collateralized  FHLB  borrowings  to  fund  our  asset  growth.  FHLB  advances  can,  at  times,  have  attractive
rates and we have commonly used them to strategically extend the duration of our liabilities as part of our interest rate risk management.
Total FHLB advances decreased $55.1 million, or 6.8%, to $751.6 million at December 31, 2021 compared to $806.7 million at December 31,
2020. The decrease in FHLB advances outstanding at December 31, 2021 as compared to the prior year, was due to maturing advances not
being replaced during the current year. As of both December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank had a FHLB letter of credit outstanding totaling
$62.6 million.

50

Table of Contents

Historically,  we  have  utilized  other  instruments  such  as  trust  preferred  securities  and  senior  debt  at  the  bank  holding  company  level  as  a
source  of  capital  for  our  Bank  to  support  asset  growth.  We  have  established  two  trusts  (the  "Trusts")  of  which  we  own  all  the  common
securities, that have issued trust preferred securities, ("Trust Securities"), to investors in private placement transactions. The proceeds of the
securities qualify as Tier 1 capital under the applicable regulations for community banks with total assets less than $15 billion. In accordance
with  GAAP,  the  Trusts  are  not  consolidated  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  but  rather,  the  common  securities  are
included in our other assets and the junior subordinated debentures ("Notes") issued to the Trusts are shown as a liability. The following table
is a summary of our outstanding Trust Securities and related Notes as of the dates indicated:

Issuer

(Dollars in thousands)
Luther Burbank Statutory
Trust I
Luther Burbank Statutory
Trust II

$

$

December 31, 2021
Rate

Amount

December 31, 2020
Rate
Amount

Date
Issued

Maturity
Date

Rate Index
(Quarterly Reset)

41,238 

1.58 % $

41,238 

1.60 %

3/1/2006

6/15/2036

3 month LIBOR + 1.38%

20,619 

1.82 % $

20,619 

1.84 %

3/1/2007

6/15/2037

3 month LIBOR + 1.62%

We have the right to defer payment of interest on the Notes at any time or from time to time for a period not exceeding five years provided
that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of the relevant Note. During any such extension period, distributions on the
Trust Securities will also be deferred, and our ability to pay dividends on our common stock will be restricted.

We  have  entered  into  contractual  arrangements  which,  taken  collectively,  fully  and  unconditionally  guarantee  payment  of:  (i)  accrued  and
unpaid  distributions  required  to  be  paid  on  the  Trust  Securities;  (ii)  the  redemption  price  with  respect  to  any  Trust  Securities  called  for
redemption by the Trusts; and (iii) payments due upon a voluntary or involuntary dissolution, winding up or liquidation of the Trusts. The Trust
Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the Notes, or upon earlier redemption as provided in the indenture. We have the right
to redeem the Notes purchased by the Trusts, in whole or in part, on or after the redemption date. As specified in the indenture, if the Notes
are redeemed prior to maturity, the redemption price will be the principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.

In  2014,  we  issued  senior  debt  totaling  $95.0  million  to  qualified  institutional  investors.  These  senior  notes  are  unsecured,  carry  a  fixed
interest coupon of 6.5%, pay interest only on a quarterly basis and mature on September 30, 2024. The senior debt is redeemable at any
time prior to August 31, 2024, at a redemption price equal to the greater of (i) 100% of the principal amount, or (ii) the sum of the present
values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest thereon discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis at
the calculated rate for a U. S. Treasury security having a comparable remaining maturity, plus 30 basis points, plus in each case, accrued
and unpaid interest. On or after September 1, 2024, the senior debt may be redeemed at 100% of the principal amount plus accrued and
unpaid interest.

51

Table of Contents

The following table presents information regarding our FHLB advances and other borrowings as of or for the periods indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
FHLB advances
Average amount outstanding during the period
Maximum amount outstanding at any month-end during the period
Balance outstanding at end of period
Weighted average maturity (in years)
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
Weighted average interest rate during the period

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
Balance outstanding at end of period
Weighted average maturity (in years)
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
Weighted average interest rate during the period

Senior unsecured term notes
Balance outstanding at end of period
Weighted average maturity (in years)
Weighted average interest rate at end of period
Weighted average interest rate during the period

$

$

$

As of and for the Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

$

868,591 
1,048,647 
751,647 
2.3 
1.68 %
1.67 %

61,857 
15.0 
1.66 %
1.64 %

94,662 
2.7 
6.66 %
6.66 %

965,490 
1,040,199 
806,747 
1.7 
2.07 %
2.25 %

61,857 
16.0 
1.68 %
2.22 %

94,539 
3.8 
6.67 %
6.67 %

Our level of FHLB advances can fluctuate on a daily basis depending on our funding needs and the availability of other sources of funds to
satisfy those needs. Short-term advances allow us flexibility in funding our daily liquidity needs.

The  following  table  sets  forth  the  amount  of  short-term  borrowings  outstanding,  comprised  entirely  of  FHLB  advances,  as  well  as  the
weighted average interest rate thereon, as of or for the dates indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
Outstanding at period end
Average amount outstanding
Maximum amount outstanding at any month end
Weighted average interest rate:
     During period
     End of period

Stockholders’ Equity

As of or for the Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

— 
110,837 
346,900 

0.14 %
— %

— 
6,724 
63,000 

1.43 %
— %

Stockholders’ equity totaled $669.1 million and $613.7 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. The increase in stockholders'
equity was primarily related to net income of $87.8 million, partially offset by dividends paid of $18.5 million, stock repurchases of $8.8 million
and a decline in the fair value of available for sale investment securities, net of tax, of $6.6 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company repurchased 761,844 of its shares in connection with its stock repurchase program
at an average price of $11.61 per share, or a 9.9% discount to tangible book value at December 31, 2021, and a total cost of $8.8 million. As
of December 31, 2021, there were $9.7 million of authorized funds remaining under the current share repurchase program.

52

Table of Contents

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

In the normal course of business, we enter into various transactions that are not included in our consolidated statements of financial condition
in  accordance  with  GAAP.  These  transactions  include  commitments  to  extend  credit  in  the  ordinary  course  of  business  including
commitments to fund new loans and undisbursed funds, as well as certain guarantees and derivative transactions.

Loan commitments represent contractual cash requirements to a borrower although, a portion of these commitments to extend credit may
expire  without  being  drawn  upon.  Therefore,  the  total  commitment  amounts,  shown  below,  do  not  necessarily  represent  future  cash
obligations. The following is a summary of our off-balance sheet arrangements outstanding as of the dates presented.

(Dollars in thousands)
Commitments to fund loans and lines of credit

December 31,

2021

2020

$

132,769  $

116,944 

In connection with our Freddie Mac multifamily loan securitization, we entered into a reimbursement agreement pursuant to which we may be
required to reimburse Freddie Mac for the first losses in the underlying loan portfolio, not to exceed 10% of the unpaid principal amount at
settlement,  or  approximately  $62.6  million.  A  $62.6  million  letter  of  credit  with  the  FHLB  is  pledged  as  collateral  in  connection  with  this
reimbursement agreement. We have recorded a reserve for estimated losses with respect to the reimbursement obligation of $727 thousand
and  $959  thousand  at  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  which  is  included  in  other  liabilities  and  accrued  expenses  in  the
consolidated statements of financial condition.

The Company entered into two new two-year swap agreements, with an aggregate notional amount of $650 million during the year ended
December 31, 2021. The swaps provide a hedge against the interest rate risk associated with both fixed rate loans and hybrid adjustable
loans in their fixed rate period. The weighted average fixed pay interest rate on the new swaps is 0.16%. Our swaps involve the payment of a
fixed rate amount to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving a variable rate payment over the life of the swaps without the
exchange of the underlying notional amounts.

We guarantee distributions and payments for redemption or liquidation of the Trust Securities issued by the Trusts to the extent of funds held
by  the  Trusts.  Although  this  guarantee  is  not  separately  recorded,  the  obligation  underlying  the  guarantee  is  fully  reflected  on  our
consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  as  junior  subordinated  debentures  held  by  the  Trusts.  The  junior  subordinated  debentures
currently qualify as Tier 1 capital under the Federal Reserve capital adequacy guidelines. With the exception of our obligations in connection
with its Trust Securities and the other items detailed above, we have no other off-balance sheet arrangements that have or are reasonably
likely to have a current or future effect on our financial condition, changes in financial condition, revenues or expenses, results of operations,
liquidity, capital expenditures, or capital resources, that are material to investors.

Contractual Obligations

The following table presents, as of December 31, 2021, our significant contractual obligations to third parties on debt and lease agreements
and service obligations. For more information about our contractual obligations, see Part II, Item 8. "Financial Statements and Supplementary
Data", Note 19. ‘‘Commitments and Contingencies,’’ in the notes to our consolidated financial statements.

53

Table of Contents

(Dollars in thousands)
Contractual Cash Obligations
(1)
Time deposits 
FHLB advances
Senior debt
Junior subordinated debentures
Operating leases
Significant contract 

 (1)

 (1)

(2)

 (1)

Total

Less than 1 Year

1 to 3 Years

3 to 5 Years

More than 5
Years

Total

Payments Due by Period

$

$

2,155,832  $
100,000 
— 
— 
3,962 
1,744 
2,261,538  $

127,815  $
450,000 
95,000 
— 
4,472 
3,488 
680,775  $

51,494  $

201,500 
— 
— 
2,322 
2,367 
257,683  $

—  $

147 
— 
61,857 
1,148 
— 
63,152  $

2,335,141 
751,647 
95,000 
61,857 
11,904 
7,599 
3,263,148 

(1) 

Amounts exclude interest
(2)
 We have one significant, long-term contract for core processing services which expires May 9, 2026. The actual obligation is unknown and dependent on certain
factors including volume and activities. For purposes of this disclosure, future obligations are estimated using our 2021 average monthly expense extrapolated over
the remaining life of the contract.

We  believe  that  we  will  be  able  to  meet  our  contractual  obligations  as  they  come  due.  Adequate  cash  levels  are  expected  through
profitability, repayments from loans and securities, deposit gathering activity, access to borrowing sources and periodic loan sales.

Liquidity Management and Capital Adequacy

Liquidity Management

Liquidity refers to our capacity to meet our cash obligations at a reasonable cost. Our cash obligations require us to have cash flow that is
adequate to fund loan growth and maintain on-balance sheet liquidity while meeting present and future obligations of deposit withdrawals,
borrowing maturities and other contractual cash obligations. In managing our cash flows, management regularly confronts situations that can
give rise to increased liquidity risk. These include funding mismatches, market constraints in accessing sources of funds and the ability to
convert assets into cash. Changes in economic conditions or exposure to credit, market, operational, legal and reputational risks also could
affect the Company’s liquidity risk profile and are considered in the assessment of liquidity management.

We  continually  monitor  our  liquidity  position  to  ensure  that  our  assets  and  liabilities  are  managed  in  a  manner  to  meet  all  reasonably
foreseeable short-term, long-term and strategic liquidity demands. Management has established a comprehensive management process for
identifying, measuring, monitoring and controlling liquidity risk. Because of its critical importance to the viability of the Company, liquidity risk
management  is  fully  integrated  into  our  risk  management  processes.  Critical  elements  of  our  liquidity  risk  management  include:  effective
corporate  governance  consisting  of  oversight  by  the  board  of  directors  and  active  involvement  by  management;  appropriate  strategies,
policies, procedures, and limits used to manage and mitigate liquidity risk; comprehensive liquidity risk measurement and monitoring systems
including  stress  tests  that  are  commensurate  with  the  complexity  of  our  business  activities;  active  management  of  intraday  liquidity  and
collateral; an appropriately diverse mix of existing and potential future funding sources; adequate levels of highly liquid marketable securities
free  of  legal,  regulatory,  or  operational  impediments,  that  can  be  used  to  meet  liquidity  needs  in  stressful  situations;  comprehensive
contingency  funding  plans  that  sufficiently  address  potential  adverse  liquidity  events  and  emergency  cash  flow  requirements;  and  internal
controls and internal audit processes sufficient to determine the adequacy of the Company’s liquidity risk management process.

Our liquidity position is supported by management of our liquid assets and liabilities and access to alternative sources of funds. Our liquidity
requirements  are  met  primarily  through  our  deposits,  FHLB  advances  and  the  principal  and  interest  payments  we  receive  on  loans  and
investment  securities.  Cash  on  hand,  unrestricted  cash  at  third  party  banks,  investments  available  for  sale  and  maturing  or  prepaying
balances in our investment and loan portfolios are our most liquid assets. Other sources of liquidity that are routinely available to us include
funds from retail and wholesale deposits, advances from the FHLB and proceeds from the sale of loans. Less commonly used sources of
funding include borrowings from the FRB discount window, draws on established federal funds lines from unaffiliated commercial banks and
the issuance of debt or equity securities. We believe we have ample liquidity resources to fund future growth and meet other cash needs as
necessary.

54

Table of Contents

Our total deposits at December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $5.5 billion and $5.3 billion, respectively. Based on the values of loans pledged as
collateral, our $751.6 million of FHLB advances outstanding and our $62.6 million FHLB letter of credit outstanding, we had $963.5 million of
additional borrowing capacity with the FHLB at December 31, 2021. Based on the values of other loans pledged as collateral, we had $211.3
million of borrowing capacity with the FRB at December 31, 2021. There were no outstanding advances with the FRB at December 31, 2021.
In addition to the liquidity provided by the FHLB and FRB described above, we have established federal funds lines of credit with unaffiliated
banks  totaling  $50.0  million  at  December  31,  2021,  none  of  which  were  advanced  at  that  date.  In  the  ordinary  course  of  business,  we
maintain  correspondent  bank  accounts  with  unaffiliated  banks  which  are  used  for  normal  business  activity  including  ordering  cash  for  our
branch network, the purchase of investment securities and the receipt of principal and interest on those investments. Available cash balances
at correspondent banks, including amounts at the FRB, totaled $138.4 million at December 31, 2021.

The Company is a corporation separate and apart from our Bank and, therefore, must provide for its own liquidity, including liquidity required
to meet its debt service requirements on its senior notes and junior subordinated debentures. The Company’s main source of cash flow is
dividends declared and paid to it by the Bank. There are statutory and regulatory limitations that affect the ability of our Bank to pay dividends
to the Company. We believe that these limitations will not impact our ability to meet our ongoing short-term cash obligations. For contingency
purposes, the Company typically maintains a minimum level of cash to fund one year’s projected operating cash flow needs.

Capital Adequacy

We  are  subject  to  various  regulatory  capital  requirements  administered  by  federal  and  state  banking  regulators.  Our  capital  management
consists  of  providing  equity  to  support  our  current  operations  and  future  growth.  Failure  to  meet  minimum  regulatory  capital  requirements
may result in mandatory and possible additional discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on
our  financial  statements.  Under  capital  adequacy  guidelines  and  the  regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action,  we  must  meet
specific  capital  guidelines  that  involve  quantitative  measures  of  our  assets,  liabilities  and  off-balance  sheet  items  as  calculated  under
regulatory  accounting  policies.  As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  we  were  in  compliance  with  all  applicable  regulatory  capital
requirements,  including  the  capital  conservation  buffer,  and  the  Bank  qualified  as  ‘‘well-capitalized’’  for  purposes  of  the  FDIC’s  prompt
corrective action regulations. At December 31, 2021, the capital conservation buffer was 2.50%.

The  vast  majority  of  our  multifamily  residential  loans  and  single  family  residential  loans  are  currently  eligible  for  50%  risk-weighting  for
purposes of calculating our regulatory capital levels. Risk-weighting requirements of multifamily residential loans and single family residential
loans are contingent upon meeting specific criteria, which, if not adequately met, would increase the required risk-weighting percentage for
these  loans.  Commercial  real  estate  lending  collateralized  by  real  estate  other  than  multifamily  residential  properties  are  generally  risk
weighted at 100%. Our leverage ratio is not impacted by the composition of our assets.

55

Table of Contents

The following table presents our regulatory capital ratios as of the dates presented, as well as the regulatory capital ratios that are required
by FDIC regulations to maintain ‘‘well-capitalized’’ status:

(Dollars in thousands)
Luther Burbank Corporation
As of December 31, 2021
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

As of December 31, 2020
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

Luther Burbank Savings
As of December 31, 2021
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

As of December 31, 2020
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

Impact of Inflation and Changing Prices

Actual

For Capital Adequacy
Purposes

Minimum Required
Plus Capital Conservation
Buffer

For Well- Capitalized
Institution

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

$

$

$

$

727,606 
665,749 
727,606 
764,048 

665,514 
603,657 
665,514 
712,837 

799,457 
799,457 
799,457 
835,899 

729,054 
729,054 
729,054 
776,377 

10.12 % $
17.09 %
18.68 %
19.61 %

9.45 % $

15.75 %
17.37 %
18.60 %

11.13 % $
20.54 %
20.54 %
21.47 %

10.36 % $
19.04 %
19.04 %
20.27 %

287,509 
175,296 
233,728 
311,638 

281,564 
172,420 
229,893 
306,524 

287,407 
175,190 
233,587 
311,449 

281,453 
172,340 
229,787 
306,383 

4.00 %
4.50 % $
6.00 %
8.00 %

4.00 %
4.50 % $
6.00 %
8.00 %

4.00 %
4.50 % $
6.00 %
8.00 %

4.00 %
4.50 % $
6.00 %
8.00 %

N/A
272,683 
331,115 
409,025 

N/A
268,209 
325,682 
402,313 

N/A
272,518 
330,915 
408,777 

N/A
268,085 
325,532 
402,128 

N/A
7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

N/A
7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A $

7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

N/A $

7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

359,259 
253,052 
311,449 
389,311 

351,816 
248,936 
306,383 
382,979 

5.00 %
6.50 %
8.00 %
10.00 %

5.00 %
6.50 %
8.00 %
10.00 %

Our consolidated financial statements and related notes have been prepared in accordance with GAAP, which require the measurement of
financial  position  and  operating  results  in  terms  of  historical  dollars,  without  considering  the  changes  in  the  relative  purchasing  power  of
money over time due to inflation. The impact of inflation is reflected in the increased cost of operations. Unlike most industrial companies,
nearly all of our assets and liabilities are monetary in nature. As a result, interest rates have a greater impact on our performance than do the
effects of general levels of inflation. Interest rates do not necessarily move in the same direction or to the same extent as the price of goods
or services.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

Market risk represents the exposure to unanticipated changes in net interest earnings or loss due to changes in the market value of assets
and liabilities as a result of fluctuations in interest rates. As a financial institution, our primary market risk is interest rate risk. Interest rate risk
is the risk to earnings and value arising from volatility in market interest rates. Interest rate risk arises from timing differences in the repricings
and  maturities  of  interest-earning  assets  and  interest-bearing  liabilities  (repricing  risk),  changes  in  the  expected  maturities  of  assets  and
liabilities arising from embedded options, such as borrowers’ ability to prepay loans at any time and depositors’ ability to redeem certificates
of deposit before maturity (option risk), changes in the shape of the yield curve where interest rates increase or decrease in a nonparallel
fashion  (yield  curve  risk),  and  changes  in  spread  relationships  between  different  yield  curves,  such  as  U.S.  Treasuries  and  LIBOR  (basis
risk).

We  manage  market  risk  though  our  Asset  Liability  Council  ("ALCO")  which  is  comprised  of  senior  management  who  are  responsible  for
ensuring that board approved strategies, policy limits, and procedures for managing interest rate risk are appropriately executed within the
designated lines of authority and responsibility. The ALCO meets monthly

56

Table of Contents

to review, among other things, the composition of our assets and liabilities, the sensitivity of our assets and liabilities to interest rate changes,
our actual and forecasted liquidity position, investment activity and our interest rate hedging transactions. The ALCO reports regularly to our
board of directors. Our board reviews all policies impacting asset and liability management and establishes risk tolerance limits for business
operations on at least an annual basis.

Interest rate risk management is an active process that encompasses monitoring loan and deposit flows complemented by investment and
funding activities. Effective management of interest rate risk begins with understanding the dynamic characteristics of assets and liabilities
and determining the appropriate interest rate risk posture given business forecasts, management objectives, market expectations, and policy
constraints.  In  recognition  of  this,  we  actively  manage  our  assets  and  liabilities  to  maximize  our  net  interest  income  and  return  on  equity,
while managing our risk exposure and maintaining adequate liquidity and capital positions.

Given the nature of our loan and deposit activities, we are liability sensitive to volatility in interest rates. A liability sensitive position refers to a
balance sheet position in which an increase in short-term interest rates is expected to generate lower net interest income, as rates paid on
our interest-bearing liabilities would reprice upward more quickly than rates earned on our interest-earning assets, thus compressing our net
interest margin. Conversely, an asset sensitive position refers to a balance sheet position in which an increase in short-term interest rates is
expected  to  generate  higher  net  interest  income,  as  rates  earned  on  our  interest-earning  assets  would  reprice  upward  more  quickly  than
rates paid on our interest-bearing liabilities, thus expanding net interest margin.

We  use  two  primary  modeling  techniques  to  assess  our  exposure  to  interest  rates  that  simulate  the  earnings  and  valuation  effects  of
variations in interest rates: Net Interest Income at Risk ("NII at Risk") and the Economic Value of Equity ("EVE"). These models require that
we  use  numerous  assumptions,  including  asset  and  liability  pricing  and  repricing,  future  growth,  prepayment  rates,  non-maturity  deposit
sensitivity and decay rates. These assumptions are inherently uncertain and, as a result, the models cannot precisely predict the fluctuations
in  market  interest  rates  or  precisely  measure  the  impact  of  future  changes  in  interest  rates.  Actual  results  will  differ  from  the  model’s
simulated  results  due  to  timing,  magnitude  and  frequency  of  interest  rate  changes  as  well  as  changes  in  market  conditions  and  the
application and timing of various management strategies.

Stress testing the balance sheet and net interest income using instantaneous parallel shock movements in the yield curve of -100 to +400
basis points is a regulatory and banking industry practice. However, these stress tests may not represent a realistic forecast of future interest
rate movements in the yield curve. Because of the low level of market interest rates, we have not run these models with a yield curve shock
beyond -100 basis points.

Instantaneous parallel interest rate shock modeling is not a predictor of actual future performance of earnings. It is a financial metric used to
manage interest rate risk, implement hedging transactions if the metric rises above policy limits for interest rate risk, and track the movement
of the Company's interest rate risk position over a historical time frame for comparison purposes.

Our  earnings  are  a  function  of  collecting  both  a  credit  risk  premium  on  our  loans  and  an  interest  rate  risk  premium  on  our  balance  sheet
position. The purpose of these premiums being to diversify our earnings position with both credit risk and interest rate risk, which generally
tend to be negatively correlated historically for the Company. During weak economic times, our loan losses have been higher than normal,
but the Federal Reserve will generally reduce short-term interest rates in an attempt to stimulate the economy and add liquidity. As a result,
our interest rate spread will generally increase during those periods. During strong economic times, when the Federal Reserve raises short-
term  interest  rates  to  dampen  economic  activity,  the  Company’s  interest  rate  spread  decreases.  These  periods  have  historically  been
indicative of inflation and real property value increases. As such, the decrease in net interest income is typically somewhat offset by declining
loan losses in our loan portfolio. There is no guarantee, however, that the past countercyclical nature of our loan losses and our net interest
spread declines will continue in the future.

On a quarterly basis, we measure and report NII at Risk to isolate the change in income related solely to interest-earning assets and interest-
bearing liabilities. The following table illustrates the results of our NII at Risk analysis to determine the extent to which our net interest income
over  the  following  12  months  would  change  if  prevailing  interest  rates  increased  or  decreased  by  the  specified  amounts  at  December  31,
2021. It models instantaneous parallel shifts in market interest rates, implied by the forward yield curve over the next one year period.

57

Table of Contents

Change in Interest Rates (basis points)
+400 BP
+300 BP
+200 BP
+100 BP
-100 BP

Interest Rate Risk to Earnings (NII)
December 31, 2021
(Dollars in millions)
$ Change NII
$(13.4)
(8.4)
(4.5)
(1.8)
1.8

% Change NII

(7.8)%
(4.8)%
(2.6)%
(1.0)%
1.1 %

The NII at Risk reported at December 31, 2021 reflects that our earnings were in a liability sensitive position in which an increase in interest
rates is expected to generate lower net interest income. During the year ended December 31, 2021, our NII at Risk increased as compared
to December 31, 2020 primarily due to loan growth and the steepening yield curve.

EVE measures the period end market value of assets minus the market value of liabilities and the change in this value as rates change. The
EVE  results  included  in  the  table  below  reflect  the  analysis  reviewed  monthly  by  management.  It  models  instantaneous  parallel  shifts  in
market interest rates, implied by the forward yield curve. The EVE model calculates the market value of capital by taking the present value of
all asset cash flows less the present value of all liability cash flows.

Change in Interest Rates (basis points)
+400 BP
+300 BP
+200 BP
+100 BP
-100 BP

Interest Rate Risk to Capital (EVE)
December 31, 2021
(Dollars in millions)
$ Change EVE
$(333.9)
(225.8)
(133.6)
(59.0)
50.0

% Change EVE

(48.3)%
(32.7)%
(19.3)%
(8.5)%
7.2 %

The EVE reported at December 31, 2021 reflects that our market value of capital was in a liability sensitive position in which an increase in
interest  rates  is  expected  to  generate  lower  market  values  of  capital.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  our  EVE  increased  as
compared to December 31, 2020 primarily due to loan growth, the steepening yield curve and a change in model assumptions.

Certain shortcomings are inherent in the NII at Risk and EVE analyses presented above. Both the NII at Risk and EVE simulations include
assumptions regarding balances, asset prepayment speeds, deposit repricing and runoff and interest rate relationships among balances that
we believe to be reasonable for the various interest rate environments. Differences in actual occurrences from these assumptions, as well as
nonparallel changes in the yield curve, may change our market risk exposure. Simulated results are not intended to be used as a forecast of
the actual effect of changes in market interest rates on our results, but rather as a means to better plan and execute appropriate interest rate
risk strategies.

Hedge Positions

In  managing  our  market  risk,  our  board  of  directors  has  authorized  the  ALCO  to  utilize  long-term  borrowings  and  derivatives,  including
interest rate caps and swaps, to mitigate interest rate risk in accordance with regulations and our internal policy. We use or expect to use
borrowings, interest rate caps and swaps as macro hedges against interest rate sensitivity in our loan portfolio, other interest-earning assets
and  our  interest-bearing  liabilities.  Positions  for  hedging  purposes  are  undertaken  as  mitigation  to  exposure  primarily  from  mismatches
between assets and liabilities.

We  are  currently  utilizing  FHLB  advances  and  interest  rate  swaps  to  hedge  our  liability  sensitive  interest  rate  risk  position.  As  of
December 31, 2021, the Company maintained two interest rate swaps with an aggregate notional amount of $650.0 million to primarily hedge
the interest rate risk associated with both fixed rate loans and hybrid

58

Table of Contents

adjustable loans in their fixed rate period. Both of our swaps are designated as fair value hedges and involve the payment of a fixed rate
amount to a counterparty in exchange for the Company receiving a variable rate payment over the life of the swaps without the exchange of
the underlying notional amount. The gain or loss on derivatives, as well as the offsetting loss or gain on the hedged items attributable to the
hedged  risk  are  recognized  in  interest  income  for  loans  in  our  consolidated  statements  of  income.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,
2021  and  2020,  the  Company  recognized  a  reduction  in  interest  income  of  $7.6  million  and  $10.8  million,  respectively,  in  connection  with
swaps. The reductions in interest income primarily related to two separate, two-year interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $1.0
billion  which  matured  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021.  These  swaps,  which  were  in  equal  notional  amounts  of  $500.0  million,
matured in June and August 2021, and provided a hedge against the interest rate risk related to certain hybrid multifamily loans, which were
in their fixed rate period.

The following table summarizes derivative instruments utilized by us as interest rate risk hedge positions as of December 31, 2021:

(Dollars in thousands)

Hedging Instrument
Interest rate swap
Interest rate swap

Counterparty Credit Risk

Hedge Accounting Type
Fair value hedge
Fair value hedge

Months to
Maturity

Notional

Other Assets

Other Liabilities

14 
18 

$

350,000 
300,000 
650,000  $

1,452 
1,656 
3,108  $

— 
— 
— 

Fair Value

Derivative  contracts  involve  the  risk  of  dealing  with  institutional  derivative  counterparties  and  their  ability  to  meet  contractual  terms.  Our
policies  require  that  counterparties  must  be  approved  by  our  ALCO.  Additionally,  contracts  are  in  place  to  ensure  that  minimum  transfer
amounts and collateral requirements are established.

59

Table of Contents

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID 173)
Consolidated Financial Statements:

Consolidated statements of financial condition
Consolidated statements of income
Consolidated statements of comprehensive income
Consolidated statements of changes in stockholders' equity
Consolidated statements of cash flows
Notes to consolidated financial statements

60

Page

61

62
63
64
65
66
66

Table of Contents

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Shareholders and the Board of Directors of Luther Burbank Corporation
Santa Rosa, California

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition  of  Luther  Burbank  Corporation  (the  "Company")  as  of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity, and
cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial
statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, and the results
of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
of America.

Basis for Opinion

These  financial  statements  are  the  responsibility  of  the  Company's  management.  Our  responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the
Company's  financial  statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  Public  Company  Accounting
Oversight Board (United States) ("PCAOB") and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S.
federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to
obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud.

Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or
fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the
amounts  and  disclosures  in  the  financial  statements.  Our  audits  also  included  evaluating  the  accounting  principles  used  and  significant
estimates  made  by  management,  as  well  as  evaluating  the  overall  presentation  of  the  financial  statements.  We  believe  that  our  audits
provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

/s/ Crowe LLP

We have served as the Company's auditor since 2011.

Sacramento, California
March 14, 2022

61

Table of Contents

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Dollar amounts in thousands)

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

ASSETS

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash
Available for sale debt securities, at fair value
Held to maturity debt securities, at amortized cost (fair value of $4,018 and $7,870 at December 31,
2021 and 2020, respectively)
Equity securities, at fair value
Loans receivable, net of allowance for loan losses of $35,535 and $46,214 at December 31, 2021
and 2020, respectively
Accrued interest receivable
Federal Home Loan Bank ("FHLB") stock, at cost
Premises and equipment, net
Goodwill
Prepaid expenses and other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Liabilities:

Deposits
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
Senior debt

$95,000 face amount, 6.5% interest rate, due September 30, 2024 (less debt issuance costs of
$338 and $461 at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively)

Accrued interest payable
Other liabilities and accrued expenses

Total liabilities

Commitments and contingencies (Note 19)

Stockholders' equity:

Preferred stock, no par value; 5,000,000 shares authorized; none issued and outstanding at
December 31, 2021 and 2020
Common stock, no par value; 100,000,000 shares authorized; 51,682,398 and 52,220,266 shares
issued and outstanding at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively
Retained earnings
Accumulated other comprehensive income, net of taxes

Total stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

$

$

$

$

138,413  $
647,317 

3,829 
11,693 

6,261,885 
17,761 
23,411 
16,090 
3,297 
56,261 
7,179,957  $

5,538,243  $
751,647 
61,857 

94,662 
118 
64,297 
6,510,824 

— 

406,904 
262,141 
88 
669,133 
7,179,957  $

178,861 
593,734 

7,467 
12,037 

6,003,602 
18,795 
25,122 
18,226 
3,297 
44,963 
6,906,104 

5,264,329 
806,747 
61,857 

94,539 
1,388 
63,553 
6,292,413 

— 

414,120 
192,834 
6,737 
613,691 
6,906,104 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
62

Table of Contents

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

For the Years Ended December 31,
2020
2021

Interest and fee income:

Loans
Investment securities
Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Total interest and fee income

Interest expense:

Deposits
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
Senior debt

Total interest expense
Net interest income before provision for loan losses

(Reversal of) provision for loan losses
Net interest income after provision for loan losses
Noninterest income:
FHLB dividends
Other income

Total noninterest income

Noninterest expense:

Compensation and related benefits
Deposit insurance premium
Professional and regulatory fees
Occupancy
Depreciation and amortization
Data processing
Marketing
FHLB advance prepayment penalty
Other expenses

Total noninterest expense
Income before provision for income taxes

Provision for income taxes

Net income

Basic earnings per common share
Diluted earnings per common share
Dividends per common share

$

$

$
$
$

219,245  $
8,451 
223 
227,919 

35,612 
14,535 
1,015 
6,298 
57,460 
170,459 
(10,800)
181,259 

1,558 
328 
1,886 

38,624 
1,920 
1,976 
4,933 
2,561 
3,785 
1,240 
— 
4,106 
59,145 
124,000 
36,247 
87,753  $

1.70  $
1.70  $
0.36  $

230,996 
9,856 
538 
241,390 

73,331 
21,761 
1,373 
6,302 
102,767 
138,623 
10,550 
128,073 

1,650 
870 
2,520 

43,100 
1,905 
1,844 
4,585 
2,685 
3,911 
1,683 
10,443 
3,778 
73,934 
56,659 
16,747 
39,912 

0.75 
0.75 
0.23 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
63

Table of Contents

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME
(Dollar amounts in thousands)

Net income
Other comprehensive (loss) income:

Unrealized (loss) gain on available for sale debt securities:
Unrealized holding (loss) gain arising during the period
Tax effect

Total other comprehensive (loss) income, net of tax

Comprehensive income

For the Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

87,753  $

39,912 

(9,370)
2,721 
(6,649)
81,104  $

7,457 
(2,164)
5,293 
45,205 

$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
64

Table of Contents

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CHANGES IN STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(Dollar amounts in thousands, except per share data)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

447,784  $

Retained Earnings
165,236 

Balance, December 31, 2019
Comprehensive income:

Net income
Other comprehensive income

Restricted stock award grants
Settled restricted stock units
Shares withheld to pay taxes on stock based
compensation
Restricted stock forfeitures
Stock based compensation expense
Shares repurchased
Cash dividends ($0.23 per share)

Balance, December 31, 2020
Comprehensive income:

Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Restricted stock award grants
Settled restricted stock units
Shares withheld to pay taxes on stock based
compensation
Restricted stock forfeitures
Stock based compensation expense
Shares repurchased
Cash dividends ($0.36 per share)

55,999,754  $

— 
— 
261,722 
94,408 

(103,230)
(31,219)
— 
(4,001,169)
— 
52,220,266 

— 
— 
295,058 
68,873 

(85,825)
(54,130)
— 
(761,844)
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(1,064)
(39)
3,574 
(36,135)
— 
414,120 

— 
— 
— 
— 

(901)
(72)
2,601 
(8,844)
— 

Balance, December 31, 2021

51,682,398  $

406,904  $

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss) (Net of
Taxes)

Available for Sale
Securities

Total Stockholders'
Equity

$

1,444  $

614,464 

39,912 
— 
— 
— 

— 
9 
— 
— 
(12,323)
192,834 

87,753 
— 
— 
— 

— 
14 
— 
— 
(18,460)
262,141 

$

— 
5,293 
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
6,737 

— 
(6,649)
— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
88  $

39,912 
5,293 
— 
— 

(1,064)
(30)
3,574 
(36,135)
(12,323)
613,691 

87,753 
(6,649)
— 
— 

(901)
(58)
2,601 
(8,844)
(18,460)
669,133 

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
65

Table of Contents

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollar amounts in thousands)

For the Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Cash flows from operating activities:

Net income
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

$

87,753  $

Depreciation and amortization
(Reversal of) provision for loan losses
Amortization of deferred loan costs, net
Amortization of premiums on investment securities, net
Stock based compensation expense, net of forfeitures
Deferred income tax benefit
Change in fair value of mortgage servicing rights
Change in fair value of equity securities
Other items, net
Effect of changes in:

Accrued interest receivable
Accrued interest payable
Prepaid expenses and other assets
Other liabilities and accrued expenses

Net cash provided by operating activities

Cash flows from investing activities:

Proceeds from maturities, paydowns and calls of available for sale debt securities
Proceeds from maturities and paydowns of held to maturity debt securities
Purchases of available for sale debt securities
Net decrease in loans receivable
Proceeds from sale of loans
Purchase of loans, including discounts/premiums
Redemption of FHLB stock, net
Purchase of premises and equipment

Net cash (used in) provided by investing activities

Cash flows from financing activities:

Net increase in deposits
Proceeds from long-term FHLB advances
Repayment of long-term FHLB advances
Net change in short-term FHLB advances
Shares withheld for taxes on vested restricted stock
Shares repurchased
Cash paid for dividends

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities
(Decrease) increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period
Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:
Cash paid during the period for:

Interest
Income taxes

Non-cash investing activity:

Loans transferred to held for sale

$

$
$

$

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements
66

2,561 
(10,800)
19,627 
2,246 
2,529 
(778)
684 
344 
164 

1,034 
(1,270)
(5,375)
8,002 
106,721 

153,326 
3,552 
(218,439)
7,678 
1,731 
(286,917)
1,711 
(434)
(337,792)

273,914 
350,000 
(405,100)
— 
(901)
(8,844)
(18,446)
190,623 
(40,448)
178,861 
138,413  $

39,912 

2,685 
10,550 
16,237 
3,288 
3,535 
(4,483)
1,058 
(255)
100 

2,019 
(1,513)
(4,882)
(3,248)
65,003 

232,480 
2,600 
(196,870)
191,875 
998 
(20,507)
5,220 
(1,407)
214,389 

29,612 
136,500 
(306,955)
(1,500)
(1,064)
(36,135)
(12,314)
(191,856)
87,536 
91,325 
178,861 

58,730  $
37,524  $

104,280 
23,047 

1,706  $

838 

Table of Contents

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

1.

SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Organization

Luther Burbank Corporation (the ‘‘Company’’), a California corporation headquartered in Santa Rosa, is the bank holding company
for its wholly-owned subsidiary, Luther Burbank Savings (the "Bank"), and its wholly-owned subsidiary, Burbank Investor Services.
The Company also owns Burbank Financial Inc., a real estate investment company that provides limited loan administrative support
to  the  Bank,  and  all  the  common  interests  in  Luther  Burbank  Statutory  Trusts  I  and  II,  entities  created  to  issue  trust  preferred
securities.

The  Bank  conducts  its  business  from  its  headquarters  in  Gardena,  CA.  It  has  ten  full  service  branches  in  California  located  in
Sonoma,  Marin,  Santa  Clara,  and  Los  Angeles  Counties  and  one  full  service  branch  in  Washington  located  in  King  County.
Additionally, there are several loan production offices located throughout California, as well as a loan production office in Clackamas
County, Oregon.

Basis of Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  prepared  in  conformity  with  U.S.  generally  accepted  accounting  standards  and
prevailing practices within the banking industry and include the accounts of the Company and its wholly-owned subsidiaries. The
Company currently has two unconsolidated subsidiaries in the form of wholly-owned statutory business trusts, which were formed to
issue  junior  subordinated  deferrable  interest  debentures.  See  Note  9,  “Junior  Subordinated  Deferrable  Interest  Debentures,”  for
additional information regarding these trusts. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated.

In  preparing  financial  statements  in  conformity  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles  ("GAAP"),  management  makes
estimates  and  assumptions  that  affect  the  reported  amounts  of  assets  and  liabilities  and  the  disclosure  of  contingent  assets  and
liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period.
Actual results could differ from those estimates and assumptions.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include cash and deposits with other financial institutions with maturities of less than three months. Net
cash flows are reported for customer loan and deposit transactions, and interest-bearing deposits in other financial institutions.

Restricted Cash Balances

The  Company  may  include  cash  collateral  in  connection  with  interest  rate  swaps  in  restricted  cash  within  the  consolidated
statements of financial condition. At December 31, 2021 the Company had no cash posted as collateral. As of December 31, 2020,
the Company posted $8.9 million, in cash collateral in connection with its interest rate swaps.

Investment Securities

The Company classifies its investment securities into three categories, available for sale, held to maturity and equity, at the time of
purchase.  Securities  available  for  sale  are  carried  at  fair  value,  with  unrealized  holding  gains  and  losses  reported  in  other
comprehensive income (loss), net of applicable taxes. Investment securities held to maturity are measured at amortized cost, based
on  the  Company’s  positive  intent  and  ability  to  hold  such  securities  to  maturity.  Equity  securities  are  carried  at  fair  value,  with
unrealized holding gains and losses reported in other noninterest income within the consolidated statements of income.

Interest  income  includes  amortization/accretion  of  purchase  premiums/discounts.  Premiums  and  discounts  are  amortized,  or
accreted, over the life of the related investment security, or the earliest call

67

Table of Contents

date  with  respect  to  premiums  on  callable  securities,  as  an  adjustment  to  interest  income  using  a  method  that  approximates  the
interest method. Gains and losses on sales are recorded on the trade date and determined using the specific identification method.

An investment security is impaired when its carrying value is greater than its fair value. Investment securities that are impaired are
evaluated  on  at  least  a  quarterly  basis  and  more  frequently  when  economic  or  market  conditions  warrant  such  an  evaluation  to
determine whether such a decline in their fair value is other than temporary. Management utilizes criteria such as the magnitude and
duration  of  the  decline  and  the  intent  and  ability  of  the  Company  to  retain  its  investment  in  the  securities  for  a  period  of  time
sufficient to allow for an anticipated recovery in fair value, in addition to the reasons underlying the decline, to determine whether
the loss in value is other than temporary. The term ‘‘other than temporary’’ is not intended to indicate that the decline is permanent,
but indicates that the prospect for a near-term recovery of value is not necessarily favorable, or that there is a lack of evidence to
support a realizable value equal to or greater than the carrying value of the investment. Once a decline in value is determined to be
other than temporary, and management does not intend to sell the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will not be
required to sell the security before recovery, only the portion of the impairment loss representing credit exposure is recognized as a
charge to earnings, with the balance recognized as a charge to other comprehensive (loss) income. If management intends to sell
the security or it is more likely than not that the Company will be required to sell the security before recovering its forecasted cost,
the entire impairment loss is recognized as a charge to earnings.

Loans Receivable

Loans that management has the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are reported at their
outstanding unpaid principal balances, net of purchase premiums and discounts, deferred loan origination fees and costs and the
allowance for loan losses. Interest income is accrued on the unpaid principal balance. Premiums or discounts to acquire loans are
amortized over the life of the loan using a method that approximates the interest method. The Company charges fees for originating
loans. These fees, net of certain related direct loan origination costs, are deferred. The net deferred fees or costs on loans held for
investment are recognized as an adjustment of the loan’s yield over the contractual life of the loan using the interest method. The
Company ceases to amortize deferred fees or costs on loans for which the accrual of interest has been discontinued. Other loan
fees and charges representing service costs are reported in income when collected or earned.

Loans Held for Sale

Mortgage loans held for sale are sold with servicing rights released or retained. Realized gains and losses on sales of mortgage
loans  are  accounted  for  under  the  specific  identification  method  and  based  on  the  difference  between  the  selling  price  and  the
carrying  value  of  the  related  loan  sold.  The  carrying  value  of  mortgage  loans  sold  servicing  retained  is  reduced  by  the  amount
allocated to the servicing right.

Concentration of Credit Risk

The  majority  of  our  customers  are  individuals  and  businesses  located  and  doing  business  in  the  state  of  California,  with
approximately half our collateral located in Los Angeles and Orange counties. The Company's exposure to credit risk is significantly
affected by changes in the economy of California, and specifically, Los Angeles and Orange Counties.

Allowance for Loan Losses

The allowance for loan losses represents the estimated probable incurred credit losses in the Company’s loan portfolio. Loan losses
are  charged  against  the  allowance  when  management  believes  the  uncollectibility  of  a  loan  balance  is  confirmed.  Subsequent
recoveries,  if  any,  are  credited  to  the  allowance.  Management  estimates  the  allowance  balance  required  using  past  loan  loss
experience, the nature and volume of the portfolio, information about specific borrower circumstances, estimated collateral values,
economic  conditions,  and  other  factors.  Allocations  of  the  allowance  may  be  made  for  specific  loans,  but  the  entire  allowance  is
available  for  any  loan  that,  in  management’s  judgment,  should  be  charged  off.  The  Company  performs  periodic  and  systematic
detailed reviews of its loan portfolio to assess the overall collectability of its loans. The Company’s methodology for assessing the
appropriateness of the allowance consists of the combined total of two key components.

68

Table of Contents

The  first  component  covers  loans  that  are  impaired.  All  loans  are  evaluated  for  impairment  on  a  recurring  basis.  A  loan  is
considered impaired when, based on current information and events, it is probable that the Company will be unable to collect all
amounts due, including principal and interest, according to the contractual terms of the loan agreement.

Factors  considered  by  management  in  determining  impairment  include  payment  status,  collateral  value,  and  the  probability  of
collecting scheduled principal and interest payments when due. Loans that experience insignificant payment delays and payment
shortfalls  generally  are  not  classified  as  impaired.  Management  determines  the  significance  of  payment  delays  and  payment
shortfalls on case-by-case basis, taking into consideration all of the circumstances surrounding the loan and the borrower, including
the length of the delay, the reasons for the delay, the borrower’s prior payment record, and the amount of the shortfall in relation to
the principal and interest owed.

Loans that are reported as troubled debt restructures (“TDRs”) are considered impaired. A restructuring of a debt constitutes a TDR
if the Company, for economic or legal reasons related to the debtor’s financial difficulties, grants a concession to the debtor that it
would not otherwise consider. Restructured workout loans typically present an elevated level of credit risk as the borrowers are not
able to perform according to the original contractual terms.

Impaired  loans  and  TDRs  that  are  solely  dependent  on  the  operation  or  liquidation  of  collateral  for  repayment  are  measured  for
impairment at the fair value of the collateral less estimated costs to sell. Impaired loans, including TDRs, that are not considered
collateral dependent, are measured based on the present value of loan payments expected to be received discounted at the loans’
original  effective  contractual  interest  rate.  If  the  recorded  investment  in  the  impaired  loans  exceeds  the  value  of  funds  to  be
received, an allowance is established as a component of the total allowance for loan losses unless the loans are solely dependent
on the collateral for repayment, in which case the amount that exceeds the fair value of the collateral is charged off.

The second element of the allowance covers probable incurred losses inherent in performing loans that have yet to be specifically
identified for impairment. This component of the allowance is estimated by applying reserve factors based on average historical loss
experience  for  the  previous  nine  to  ten  years  to  various  loan  stratifications  based  on  factors  affecting  the  perceived  level  of  risk
including the type of collateral, loan program, and credit classification. The resulting loss amount is adjusted for qualitative factors to
be  reflective  of  risks  or  trends  affecting  the  loan  portfolio  including  economic  conditions,  the  real  estate  market,  volumes,
delinquencies,  and  credit  concentrations.  The  Company  has  identified  the  following  loan  portfolio  segments  based  on  collateral
type:

Multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans - These loans typically involve greater principal amounts than other
types of loans, and repayment depends upon income generated, or expected to be generated, by the property securing the loan
in  amounts  sufficient  to  cover  operating  expenses  and  debt  service,  which  may  be  adversely  affected  by  changes  in  the
economy or local market conditions. Multifamily residential and commercial real estate loans also expose a lender to significant
credit risk because the collateral securing these loans typically cannot be sold as easily as single family residential real estate.
In addition, some commercial real estate loans are not fully amortizing and contain large balloon payments upon maturity. Such
balloon payments may require the borrower to either sell or refinance the underlying property in order to comply with the terms
of the loan agreement, which may increase the risk of default or non-payment.

Single  family  residential  real  estate  loans  -  The  degree  of  risk  in  single  family  residential  real  estate  lending  depends
primarily  on  the  loan  amount  in  relation  to  collateral  value,  the  interest  rate,  and  the  borrower’s  ability  to  repay  in  an  orderly
fashion. These loans generally possess a lower inherent risk of loss than other real estate portfolio segments. Economic trends
determined by unemployment rates and other key economic indicators are closely correlated to the credit quality of these loans.
Weak economic trends indicate that the borrowers’ capacity to repay their obligations may be deteriorating.

69

Table of Contents

Construction  and  land  loans  -  This  type  of  lending  generally  possess  a  higher  inherent  risk  of  loss  than  other  real  estate
portfolio segments. A major risk arises from the necessity to complete projects within specified costs and timelines. Trends in
the construction industry significantly impact the credit quality of these loans, as demand drives construction activity. In addition,
trends  in  real  estate  values  significantly  impact  the  credit  quality  of  these  loans,  as  property  values  determine  the  economic
viability of construction projects.

The  total  allowance  is  increased  by  the  provision  for  loan  losses,  which  is  charged  against  current  period  operating  results,  and
decreased  by  reversals  of  loan  loss  provisions  as  well  as  loan  charge-offs,  net  of  recoveries.  Losses  incurred  upon  the  initial
acquisition of real estate owned through foreclosure are charged to the allowance for loan losses.

Accrued Interest Receivable on Loans

Interest  receivable  is  only  accrued  if  deemed  collectible.  It  is  the  Company’s  policy  to  place  a  loan  on  non-accrual  status  in  the
event that the borrower is 90 days or more delinquent (unless the loan is well secured and in the process of collection), or earlier if
the  timely  collection  of  contractual  payments  appears  doubtful.  At  the  time  a  loan  is  placed  on  non-accrual,  accrued  interest  is
reversed out of interest income. Cash payments subsequently received on non-accrual loans are recognized as income only where
the future collection of the remaining principal is considered by management to be probable. Loans are restored to accrual status
only when the loan is less than 90 days delinquent and not in foreclosure, and the borrower has demonstrated the ability to make
future payments of principal and interest.

Servicing Rights

When mortgage loans are sold with servicing retained, servicing rights are initially recorded at fair value. Fair value is based on a
valuation model that calculates the present value of estimated future net servicing income.

Under the fair value measurement method, the Company measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports
changes in the fair value of servicing assets in earnings in the period in which the changes occur, and such changes are included
with  other  income  on  the  consolidated  statements  of  income.  The  fair  values  of  servicing  rights  are  calculated  using  model
assumptions  including  factors  such  as  prepayment  rates,  market  rates  and  other  model  cash  flow  assumptions.  Absent  other
changes,  an  increase  (decrease)  to  the  estimated  life  of  serviced  loans  would  generally  increase  (decrease)  the  fair  value  of
servicing rights. The fair value of servicing rights are subject to significant fluctuation as a result of changes in estimates and when
actual factors such as prepayment speeds, default rates, and losses differ from model assumptions.

Servicing fee income, which is reported on the consolidated statements of income as a component of other income, is recorded for
fees  earned  for  servicing  loans.  The  fees  are  typically  based  on  a  contractual  percentage  of  the  outstanding  principal  and  are
recorded as income when earned. Fair value adjustments are netted against loan servicing fee income.

Transfers of Financial Assets

Transfers  of  financial  assets  are  accounted  for  as  sales,  when  control  over  the  assets  has  been  relinquished.  Control  over
transferred assets is deemed to be surrendered when the assets have been isolated from the Company, the transferee obtains the
right (free of conditions that constrain it from taking advantage of that right) to pledge or exchange the transferred assets, and the
Company  does  not  maintain  effective  control  over  the  transferred  assets  through  an  agreement  to  repurchase  them  before  their
maturity.

Real Estate Owned ("REO")

Real estate acquired as a result of loan foreclosure or a deed in lieu of foreclosure is initially recorded at fair value less costs to sell
when acquired, establishing a new cost basis. Physical possession of a residential real estate property collateralizing a consumer
mortgage loan occurs when legal title is obtained upon completion of foreclosure or when the borrower conveys all interest in the
property to satisfy the loan through completion of a deed in lieu of foreclosure or through a similar legal agreement. Fair  value  is
typically based on a real estate appraisal. REO is subsequently accounted for at the lower of cost or fair

70

Table of Contents

value  less  estimated  costs  to  sell.  If  fair  value  declines  subsequent  to  foreclosure,  a  valuation  allowance  is  recorded  through
expense. Costs after acquisition related to the development of REO are capitalized while operating costs are charged to expense.
Gains  or  losses  realized  and  expenses  incurred  in  connection  with  the  disposition  of  foreclosed  real  estate  are  charged  to
noninterest income within the consolidated statements of income.

Premises and Equipment

Premises  and  equipment  are  stated  at  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation  and  amortization.  Land  is  carried  at  cost.  The
Company’s policy is to depreciate buildings, furniture and equipment on the straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the
various assets and to amortize leasehold improvements over the shorter of the asset life or lease term as follows:

    Leasehold improvements        Lesser of term of lease or life of improvement
    Furniture and equipment        2 to 7 years
    Building         39 years

The Company evaluates the recoverability of long-lived assets on an ongoing basis. When assets are sold or otherwise disposed of,
the  cost  and  related  accumulated  depreciation  or  amortization  are  removed  from  the  accounts,  and  any  resulting  gain  or  loss  is
recognized in income for the period. The cost of maintenance and repairs is charged to expense as incurred.

Federal Home Loan Bank Stock

As a member of the FHLB, the Bank is required to own capital stock in an amount specified by the level of FHLB borrowings and
other factors, and may invest in additional amounts. FHLB stock is carried at cost, classified as a restricted security and periodically
evaluated  for  impairment  based  on  the  ultimate  recovery  of  par  value.  Cash  dividends  are  reported  as  noninterest  income  on  an
accrual  basis.  At  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Bank  owned  234,108  and  251,217  shares  of  $100  par  value  FHLB  stock,
respectively.

Goodwill

Goodwill  arises  from  business  combinations  and  is  generally  determined  as  the  excess  of  the  fair  value  of  the  consideration
transferred over the fair value of the net assets acquired and liabilities assumed as of the acquisition date. Goodwill determined to
have  an  indefinite  useful  life  is  not  amortized,  but  tested  for  impairment  at  least  annually  or  more  frequently  if  events  and
circumstances  exist  that  indicate  that  a  goodwill  impairment  test  should  be  performed.  If  the  carrying  amount  of  the  goodwill
exceeds  its  fair  value,  an  impairment  loss  is  recognized  in  the  amount  of  the  excess  and  the  carrying  value  of  the  goodwill  is
reduced  accordingly.  Goodwill  is  the  only  intangible  asset  with  an  indefinite  life  on  the  balance  sheet.  Based  on  an  evaluation
performed as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, management determined that the implied fair value of goodwill exceeded its carrying
value and no impairments were recognized.

Bank-Owned Life Insurance (“BOLI”)

Bank-owned life insurance is initially recorded at cost. Subsequently, BOLI is carried at the amount that can be realized under the
insurance contract at the balance sheet date, which is the cash surrender value adjusted for other charges or amounts due that are
probable  at  settlement.  Increases  in  contract  value  are  recorded  as  noninterest  income  and  insurance  proceeds  received  are
recorded as a reduction of the contract value.

Reserve for Loan Commitments

The Company maintains a reserve within other liabilities associated with commitments to fund undisbursed loan commitments on
outstanding loans. This reserve is determined based upon the historical loss experience of similar loans held by the Company at
each period end. Any changes in this reserve amount are recognized through earnings as a component of noninterest expense.

Marketing

Marketing costs are expensed as incurred.

71

Table of Contents

Derivatives

At  the  inception  of  a  derivative  contract,  the  Company  designates  the  derivative  as  one  of  three  types  based  on  the  Company’s
intentions and belief as to the likely effectiveness as a hedge. These three types are (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized
asset  or  liability  or  of  an  unrecognized  firm  commitment  (‘‘fair  value  hedge’’),  (2)  a  hedge  of  a  forecasted  transaction  or  the
variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized asset or liability (‘‘cash flow hedge’’), or (3) an instrument with
no hedging designation (‘‘stand-alone derivative’’). For a fair value hedge, the gain or loss on the derivative, as well as the offsetting
loss or gain on the hedged item, are recognized in earnings as fair values change. For a cash flow hedge, the gain or loss on the
derivative is reported in other comprehensive income and is reclassified into earnings in the same periods during which the hedged
transaction  affects  earnings.  For  both  types  of  hedges,  changes  in  the  fair  value  of  derivatives  that  are  not  highly  effective  in
hedging  the  changes  in  fair  value  or  expected  cash  flows  of  the  hedged  item  are  recognized  immediately  in  current  earnings.
Changes in the fair value of derivatives that do not qualify for hedge accounting are reported in earnings, as noninterest income.

Net cash settlements on derivatives that qualify for hedge accounting are recorded in interest income or interest expense, based on
the  item  being  hedged.  Net  cash  settlements  on  derivatives  that  do  not  qualify  for  hedge  accounting  are  reported  in  noninterest
income. Cash flows on hedges are classified in the cash flow statement the same as the cash flows of the items being hedged.

The  Company  formally  documents  the  relationship  between  derivatives  and  hedged  items,  as  well  as  the  risk-management
objective  and  the  strategy  for  undertaking  hedge  transactions  at  the  inception  of  the  hedging  relationship.  This  documentation
includes linking fair value or cash flow hedges to specific assets and liabilities on the balance sheet or to specific firm commitments
or forecasted transactions. The Company also formally assesses, both at the hedge’s inception and on an ongoing basis, whether
the derivative instruments that are used are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair values or cash flows of the hedged items.
The Company discontinues hedge accounting when it determines that the derivative is no longer effective in offsetting changes in
the fair value or cash flows of the hedged item, the derivative is settled or terminates, a hedged forecasted transaction is no longer
probable,  a  hedged  firm  commitment  is  no  longer  firm,  or  treatment  of  the  derivative  as  a  hedge  is  no  longer  appropriate  or
intended.

When  hedge  accounting  is  discontinued,  subsequent  changes  in  fair  value  of  the  derivative  are  recorded  as  noninterest  income.
When a fair value hedge is discontinued, the hedged asset or liability is no longer adjusted for changes in fair value and the existing
basis adjustment is amortized or accreted over the remaining life of the asset or liability. When a cash flow hedge is discontinued
but  the  hedged  cash  flows  or  forecasted  transactions  are  still  expected  to  occur,  gains  or  losses  that  were  accumulated  in  other
comprehensive income are amortized into earnings over the same periods which the hedged transactions will affect earnings.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Fair values of financial instruments are estimated using relevant market information and other assumptions, as more fully disclosed
in  a  separate  note.  Fair  value  estimates  involve  uncertainties  and  matters  of  judgment  regarding  interest  rates,  credit  risk,
prepayments,  and  other  factors,  especially  in  the  absence  of  broad  markets  for  particular  items.  Changes  in  assumptions  or  in
market conditions could significantly affect these estimates.

Income Taxes

Income tax expense is the total of the current year income tax due and the change in deferred tax assets and liabilities. Deferred tax
assets and liabilities are recognized for the tax consequences of temporary differences between the reported amount of assets and
liabilities and their tax bases. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are adjusted for the effects of changes in tax laws and rates on the
date of enactment.

The Company uses a comprehensive model for recognizing, measuring, presenting, and disclosing in the financial statements tax
positions taken or expected to be taken on a tax return. A tax position is recognized as a benefit only if it is ‘‘more likely than not’’
that  the  tax  position  would  be  sustained  in  a  tax  examination,  with  a  tax  examination  being  presumed  to  occur.  The  amount
recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination. For tax positions not

72

Table of Contents

meeting the ‘‘more likely than not’’ test, no tax benefit is recorded.

The  Company  recognizes  interest  accrued  and  penalties  related  to  income  tax  matters  in  tax  expense.  During  the  years  ended
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company recognized no tax related interest or penalties.

Share-Based Compensation

The  Company  has  issued  awards  of  equity  instruments,  such  as  restricted  stock  awards  (“RSAs”)  and  restricted  stock  units
(“RSUs”), to employees and certain nonemployee directors. Compensation expense related to restricted stock is based on the fair
value of the underlying stock on the award date and is amortized over the service period, defined as the vesting period, using the
straight-line  method.  The  vesting  period  is  generally  three  years  for  employees  and  one  year  for  nonemployee  directors.
Compensation expense is reduced for actual forfeitures as they occur. Unvested RSAs and RSUs participate with common stock in
any dividends declared, but are paid only on the shares which ultimately vest. Such dividends are accrued when declared and paid
at the time of vesting.

Comprehensive Income

Comprehensive income (loss) includes net income and other comprehensive income (loss). The only item of other comprehensive
income (loss) for the Company are unrealized gains and losses on investment securities classified as available for sale, net of tax.
Reclassification adjustments resulting from gains or losses on investment securities available for sale that have been realized and
included in net income of the current period that also had been included in other comprehensive income as unrealized holding gains
or losses in the period in which they arose have been excluded from comprehensive income (loss) of the current period to avoid
double counting.

Earnings Per Share ("EPS")

Basic  earnings  per  common  share  represents  the  amount  of  earnings  for  the  period  available  to  each  share  of  common  stock
outstanding during the reporting period. Basic EPS is computed based upon net income divided by the weighted average number of
common shares outstanding during the year. In determining the weighted average number of shares outstanding, vested restricted
stock units are included. Diluted EPS represents the amount of earnings for the period available to each share of common stock
outstanding  including  common  stock  that  would  have  been  outstanding  assuming  the  issuance  of  common  shares  for  all  dilutive
potential common shares outstanding during each reporting period. Diluted EPS is computed based upon net income divided by the
weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period, adjusted for the effect of dilutive potential common
shares, such as unvested restricted stock awards and units, calculated using the treasury stock method.

(Dollars in thousands, except per share amounts)
Net income

Weighted average basic common shares outstanding
Add: Dilutive effects of assumed vesting of restricted stock

Weighted average diluted common shares outstanding

Income per common share:

Basic EPS
Diluted EPS

Anti-dilutive shares not included in calculation of diluted earnings per share

Related Party Transactions

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

$

87,753  $

39,912 

51,582,890 
186,208 
51,769,098 

53,000,150 
146,148 
53,146,298 

$
$

1.70  $
1.70  $

8,084 

0.75 
0.75 
10,242 

In  the  normal  course  of  business,  the  Company  may  accept  deposits  from  officers,  directors  and  other  related  parties.  As  of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were $26.8 million and $15.2 million, respectively, of such deposits. The Company does not
permit loans to officers, directors or other related

73

Table of Contents

parties, with the exception of overdraft protection in limited circumstances. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there were no such
overdraft loans outstanding.

Business Segments

While the chief decision-makers monitor the revenue streams of the various products and services, operations are managed and
financial  performance  is  evaluated  on  a  Company-wide  basis.  Discrete  financial  information  is  not  available  other  than  on  a
Company-wide basis. Accordingly, all of the financial service operations are considered by management to be aggregated in one
reportable operating segment.

Reclassifications

Certain  prior  balances  in  the  consolidated  financial  statements  have  been  reclassified  to  conform  to  current  year  presentation.
These reclassifications had no effect on prior year net income or stockholders’ equity.

COVID-19

Beginning in early 2020 and continuing through December 2021, the COVID-19 pandemic has caused a disruption to almost every
aspect  of  the  economy.  As  a  result,  in  March  2020,  the  Company  implemented  a  lending  modification  initiative  to  support  our
customers  financially  impacted  by  the  COVID-19  pandemic  and  unable  to  make  their  scheduled  loan  payments.  The  program
provided borrowers the opportunity to modify their existing real estate loans by temporarily deferring payments for a specified period
of time. Modified loans under this program were generally downgraded from a Pass risk rating to a Watch risk rating at the time of
their respective modification. Subsequent to the modification period, loan grades were adjusted, as necessary, in connection with
the Company's proactive reassessment of loans impacted by the pandemic. Loan risk ratings are an integral part of the quantitative
calculation of our allowance for loan losses.

Further, in early 2020, we established a qualitative loan loss reserve in connection with the uncertainty related to the pandemic. This
supplemental  reserve  has  been  slowly  reduced  as  the  impact  of  the  pandemic  on  our  loan  portfolio  has  become  less  uncertain.
Qualitative adjustments to our allowance specific to COVID-19 were $2.5 million and $8.4 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020,
respectively. Management intends to closely monitor the level of this reserve and make any necessary adjustments as conditions
related to the pandemic change.

All of the loans modified for pandemic related payment deferral in 2020 and 2021 had returned to scheduled monthly payments or
paid off in full by June 2021. Additionally, total criticized loans have declined to $16.7 million at December 31, 2021, as compared to
$57.0  million  at  December  31,  2020.  The  decline  in  criticized  loans  from  the  prior  year  end  was  generally  attributable  to  the
continued  performance  of  our  loans  that  were  initially  impacted  by  the  pandemic.  During  the  years  ended  December  2021  and
2020, the Company incurred no loan losses for pandemic impacted loans. The Company's exposure to nonresidential commercial
real estate remains limited, totaling $187.1 million, or 3.0% of our loan portfolio, at December 31, 2021.

Adoption of New Financial Accounting Standards

FASB ASU 2016-02

In  February  2016,  the  FASB  amended  existing  guidance  that  requires  lessees  recognize  the  following  for  all  leases  (with  the
exception  of  short-term  leases)  at  the  commencement  date  (1)  a  lease  liability,  which  is  the  lessee’s  obligation  to  make  lease
payments arising from a lease, measured on a discounted basis; and (2) a right-of-use asset, which is an asset that represents the
lessee’s right to use, or control the use of, a specified asset for the lease term. Under the new guidance, lessor accounting is largely
unchanged.  Certain  targeted  improvements  were  made  to  align,  where  necessary,  lessor  accounting  with  the  lessee  accounting
model  and  Topic  606,  Revenue  from  Contracts  with  Customers.  These  amendments  are  effective  for  Public  Business  Entities
("PBEs") for annual periods and interim periods within those annual periods beginning after December 15, 2018. As an emerging
growth company, the Company expects to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2022. Upon adoption of this guidance, the Company
will recognize a liability for its obligations under its operating leases and a corresponding right-of-use asset for its right to use leased
properties over the lease term. As a result of the adoption of ASU 2016-02, the Company expects to record a right-of-use asset of
approximately $16.3 million and a corresponding lease liability of

74

Table of Contents

approximately $15.8 million. The adoption of this standard is not expected to materially impact the Company’s operating results.

FASB ASU 2016-13

In June 2016, FASB issued guidance to replace the incurred loss model with an expected loss model, which is referred to as the
current expected credit loss ("CECL") model. The CECL model is applicable to the measurement of credit losses on financial assets
measured at amortized cost, including loan receivables, held to maturity debt securities, and reinsurance receivables. It also applies
to  off-balance  sheet  credit  exposures  not  accounted  for  as  insurance  (loan  commitments,  standby  letters  of  credit,  financial
guarantees, and other similar instruments) and net investments in leases recognized by a lessor. The transition will be applied as
follows:

-    For debt securities with other than temporary impairment ("OTTI"), the guidance will be applied prospectively.
-        Existing  purchased  credit  impaired  ("PCI")  assets  will  be  grandfathered  and  classified  as  purchased  credit  deteriorated
("PCD") assets at the date of adoption. The assets will be grossed up for the allowance for expected credit losses for all
PCD assets at the date of adoption and will continue to recognize the noncredit discount in interest income based on the
yield of such assets as of the adoption date. Subsequent changes in expected credit losses will be recorded through the
allowance.

-    For all other assets within the scope of CECL, a cumulative-effect adjustment will be recognized in retained earnings as of

the beginning of the first reporting period in which the guidance is effective.

These amendments are effective for PBEs that are Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) filers for
annual  periods  and  interim  periods  within  those  annual  periods  beginning  after  December  15,  2019.  As  an  emerging  growth
company, the Company expects to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2023. We expect to recognize a one-time cumulative effect
adjustment to the allowance for loan losses as of the beginning of the first reporting period in which the new standard is effective.

Through  December  31,  2021,  CECL  implementation  activities  have  generally  focused  on  capturing  and  validating  loan  data,
segmenting  the  loan  portfolio,  evaluating  credit  loss  methodologies  and  models,  as  well  as  evaluating  model  results  and
sensitivities.  In  determining  an  expected  allowance  under  CECL,  the  Company  has  selected  a  credit  loss  model  that  utilizes  an
approach focused on a loan's probability of default and loss given default. As part of the process to test and refine our CECL model,
the Company has completed quarterly model runs for analysis and backtesting purposes starting with the third quarter of 2018. This
process has been on-going and will continue until our adoption date. Continuing implementation activities include the engagement
of  a  third  party  model  validation,  refining  qualitative  factor  adjustments,  drafting  policies  and  disclosures  and  evaluating,
documenting  and  testing  internal  controls.  We  estimate  that  the  adoption  of  the  CECL  standard  would  not  currently  result  in  a
material  change  in  our  allowance  for  credit  losses,  which,  if  necessary,  will  be  recorded  as  a  cumulative-effect  adjustment  to
retained  earnings,  net  of  tax  as  of  January  1,  2023.  The  ultimate  impact  will  depend  on  the  portfolio  and  forecasts  when  the
standard is adopted.

FASB ASU 2019-12

In  December  2019,  FASB  issued  guidance  that  removes  certain  exceptions  to  the  general  principles  in  Accounting  Standards
Codification (“ASC”) 740 to simplify the accounting for income taxes and clarifies and amends existing guidance to provide for more
consistent application. ASU 2019-12 will become effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2021 and early adoption is
permitted. The Company expects to adopt this guidance on January 1, 2022. The adoption of this standard is not expected to have
a material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

FASB ASU 2020-04

In March 2020, the FASB issued guidance to ease the potential burden in accounting for reference rate reform. The amendments in
this  ASU  are  elective  and  apply  to  all  entities  that  have  contracts,  hedging  relationships,  and  other  transactions  that  reference
LIBOR or another reference rate expected to be discontinued due to reference rate reform. The guidance permits companies to:

– Simplify accounting analyses for contract modifications.

75

Table of Contents

– Allow  hedging  relationships  to  continue  without  de-designation  if  there  are  qualifying  changes  in  the  critical  terms  of  an

existing hedging relationship due to reference rate reform.

– Allow  a  change  in  the  systematic  and  rational  method  used  to  recognize  in  earnings  the  components  excluded  from  the

assessment of hedge effectiveness.

– Allow  a  change  in  the  designated  benchmark  interest  rate  to  a  different  eligible  benchmark  interest  rate  in  a  fair  value

hedging relationship.

– Allow for the shortcut method for a fair value hedging relationship to continue for the remainder of the hedging relationship.
– Simplify  the  assessment  of  hedge  ineffectiveness  and  provide  temporary  optional  expedients  for  cash  flow  hedging

relationships affected by reference rate reform.

– Allow a one-time election to sell or transfer debt securities classified as held to maturity that reference a rate affected by

reference rate reform and were classified as held to maturity before January 1, 2020.

These amendments are effective for all entities from the beginning of an interim period that includes the issuance date of this ASU.
An  entity  may  elect  to  apply  the  amendments  prospectively  through  December  31,  2022.  The  adoption  of  this  standard  is  not
expected to have a material effect on the Company’s operating results or financial condition.

2.     INVESTMENT SECURITIES

Available for Sale

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and the estimated fair value of available for sale debt securities as of the dates
indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
At December 31, 2021:
Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential mortgage backed securities ("MBS") and
collateralized mortgage obligations ("CMOs")
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

Other asset backed securities ("ABS")

Total available for sale debt securities

At December 31, 2020:
Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS and CMOs
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

Total available for sale debt securities

$

$

$

$

Amortized
Cost

Gross
Unrealized
Gains

Gross
Unrealized
Losses

Estimated
Fair Value

200,775  $
407,111 
10,587 
28,720 
647,193  $

1,225  $
3,281 
244 
37 
4,787  $

(1,867) $
(2,646)
— 
(150)
(4,663) $

200,133 
407,746 
10,831 
28,607 
647,317 

213,279  $
355,963 
14,998 
584,240  $

3,459  $
6,337 
69 
9,865  $

(14) $

(312)
(45)
(371) $

216,724 
361,988 
15,022 
593,734 

Net unrealized gains on available for sale investment securities are recorded as accumulated other comprehensive income within
stockholders’  equity  and  totaled  $88  thousand  and  $6.7  million,  net  of  $36  thousand  and  $2.8  million  in  tax  liabilities  at
December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively.  There  were  no  sales  or  transfers  of  available  for  sale  investment  securities  and  no
realized gains or losses on these securities for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The  following  tables  summarize  the  gross  unrealized  losses  and  fair  value  of  available  for  sale  debt  securities,  aggregated  by
investment category and length of time that individual securities have been in a

76

Table of Contents

continuous unrealized loss position:

Less than 12 Months

December 31, 2021
12 Months or More

Total

(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Residential MBS and CMOs
Commercial MBS and CMOs

$

Other ABS

Total available for sale debt
securities

118,803  $
157,031 
15,253 

(1,864) $
(2,632)
(150)

247  $

(3) $

10,608 
— 

(14)
— 

119,050  $
167,639 
15,253 

(1,867)
(2,646)
(150)

$

291,087  $

(4,646) $

10,855  $

(17) $

301,942  $

(4,663)

At December 31, 2021, the Company held 88 residential MBS and CMOs of which 14 were in a loss position and four had been in a
loss position for twelve months or more. The Company held 54 commercial MBS and CMOs of which 20 were in a loss position and
two had been in a loss position for twelve months or more. The Company held three other ABS of which two were in a loss position
and none had been in a loss position for twelve months or more.

Less than 12 Months

December 31, 2020
12 Months or More

Total

(Dollars in thousands)
Fair Value
Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Fair Value

Unrealized
Losses

Residential MBS and CMOs
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds
Total available for sale debt
securities

$

$

14,193  $
33,986 
3,331 

(12) $
(37)
(8)

4,248  $

(2) $

37,194 
8,667 

(275)
(37)

18,441  $
71,180 
11,998 

51,510  $

(57) $

50,109  $

(314) $

101,619  $

(14)
(312)
(45)

(371)

At December 31, 2020, the Company held 86 residential MBS and CMOs of which 11 were in a loss position and six had been in a
loss position for twelve months or more. The Company held 46 commercial MBS and CMOs of which ten were in a loss position and
six  had  been  in  a  loss  position  for  twelve  months  or  more.  The  Company  held  three  agency  bonds  of  which  two  were  in  a  loss
position and one had been in a loss position for twelve months or more.

The unrealized losses on the Company’s investments were caused by interest rate changes. In addition, the contractual cash flows
of  these  investments  are  guaranteed  by  the  U.S.  government  or  agencies  sponsored  by  the  U.S.  government.  Accordingly,  it  is
expected  that  the  securities  will  not  be  settled  at  a  price  less  than  amortized  cost.  Because  the  decline  in  market  value  is
attributable  to  changes  in  interest  rates  but  not  credit  quality,  and  because  the  Company  has  the  ability  and  intent  to  hold  those
investments until a recovery of fair value, which may be maturity, the Company does not consider these investments to be other-
than-temporarily impaired at December 31, 2021 and 2020.

As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  there  were  no  holdings  of  securities  of  any  one  issuer  in  an  amount  greater  than  10%  of
stockholders' equity, other than the U.S. government and its agencies.

Held to Maturity

The following table summarizes the amortized cost and estimated fair value of held to maturity investment

77

Table of Contents

securities as of the dates indicated:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS
Other investments

Total held to maturity investment securities

As of December 31, 2020:
Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS
Other investments

Total held to maturity investment securities

Amortized Cost

Gross
Unrecognized
Gains

Gross
Unrecognized
Losses

Estimated Fair
Value

$

$

$

$

3,761  $
68 
3,829  $

7,391  $
76 
7,467  $

189  $
— 
189  $

403  $
— 
403  $

—  $
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
—  $

3,950 
68 
4,018 

7,794 
76 
7,870 

The  following  table  summarizes  the  scheduled  maturities  of  available  for  sale  and  held  to  maturity  investment  securities  as  of
December 31, 2021:

(Dollars in thousands)
Available for sale debt securities

Less than one year
One to five years
Five to ten years
Beyond ten years
MBS, CMOs and other ABS

Total available for sale debt securities

Held to maturity investments securities

Beyond ten years
MBS

Total held to maturity debt securities

December 31, 2021

Amortized Cost

Fair Value

$

$

$

$

—  $
— 
7,587 
3,000 
636,606 
647,193  $

68  $

3,761 
3,829  $

— 
— 
7,715 
3,116 
636,486 
647,317 

68 
3,950 
4,018 

The  amortized  cost  and  fair  value  of  debt  securities  are  shown  by  contractual  maturity.  Expected  maturities  may  differ  from
contractual maturities if borrowers have the right to call or prepay obligations with or without call or prepayment penalties. As such,
mortgage backed securities, collateralized mortgage obligations and other asset backed securities are not included in the maturity
categories above and instead are shown separately. No securities were pledged as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Equity Securities

Equity securities consist of investments in a qualified community reinvestment fund. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the fair value
of equity securities totaled $11.7 million and $12.0 million, respectively. Changes in fair value are recognized in other noninterest
income and totaled $(344) thousand and $255 thousand during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. There
were no sales of equity securities during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

78

Table of Contents

3.     LOANS

Loans consist of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
Permanent mortgages on:
Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Construction and land loans

Total

Allowance for loan losses

Loans held for investment, net

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

4,210,735  $
1,881,676 
187,097 
17,912 
6,297,420 
(35,535)
6,261,885  $

4,100,831 
1,723,953 
202,871 
22,161 
6,049,816 
(46,214)
6,003,602 

Certain loans have been pledged to secure borrowing arrangements (see Note 8).

During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company purchased a pool of performing, fixed rate single family residential loans.
The  pool  had  an  aggregate  principal  balance  of  $287.8  million  and  contained  loans  with  a  weighted  average  interest  rate  and
maturity of 2.31% and 26.4 years, respectively.

79

Table of Contents

The  following  table  summarizes  activity  in  and  the  allocation  of  the  allowance  for  loan  losses  by  portfolio  segment  and  by
impairment methodology:

(Dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2021:
Allowance for loan losses:

Beginning balance allocated to portfolio
segments
(Reversal of) provision for loan losses
Charge-offs
Recoveries

Ending balance allocated to portfolio
segments

Ending allowance balance allocated to:

Loans individually evaluated for
impairment
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment

Ending balance

Loans:

Ending balance: individually evaluated
for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated
for impairment

Ending balance

For the Year Ended December 31, 2020:
Allowance for loan losses:

Beginning balance allocated to portfolio
segments
Provision for (reversal of) loan losses
Charge-offs
Recoveries

Ending balance allocated to portfolio
segments

Ending allowance balance allocated to:

Loans individually evaluated for
impairment
Loans collectively evaluated for
impairment

Ending balance

Loans:

Ending balance: individually evaluated
for impairment
Ending balance: collectively evaluated
for impairment

Ending balance

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

Multifamily
Residential

Single Family
Residential

Commercial
Real Estate

Land and
Construction

Total

33,259  $
(7,216)
— 
— 

9,372  $
(2,212)
— 
64 

3,347  $
(1,253)
— 
— 

236  $
(119)
— 
57 

46,214 
(10,800)
— 
121 

26,043  $

7,224  $

2,094  $

174  $

35,535 

—  $

25  $

—  $

26,043 
26,043  $

7,199 
7,224  $

2,094 
2,094  $

—  $

174 
174  $

25 

35,510 
35,535 

505  $

5,687  $

—  $

—  $

6,192 

4,210,230 
4,210,735  $

1,875,989 
1,881,676  $

187,097 
187,097  $

17,912 
17,912  $

6,291,228 
6,297,420 

23,372  $
9,887 
— 
— 

10,076  $
(67)
(722)
85 

2,341  $
1,006 
— 
— 

33,259  $

9,372  $

3,347  $

—  $

25  $

—  $

33,259 
33,259  $

9,347 
9,372  $

3,347 
3,347  $

212  $
(276)
— 
300 

236  $

—  $

236 
236  $

36,001 
10,550 
(722)
385 

46,214 

25 

46,189 
46,214 

522  $

7,051  $

—  $

—  $

7,573 

4,100,309 
4,100,831  $

1,716,902 
1,723,953  $

202,871 
202,871  $

22,161 
22,161  $

6,042,243 
6,049,816 

The Company assigns a risk rating to all loans and periodically performs detailed reviews of all loans to identify credit risks and to
assess  the  overall  collectability  of  the  portfolio.  During  these  internal  reviews,  management  monitors  and  analyzes  the  financial
condition  of  borrowers  and  guarantors,  as  well  as  the  financial  performance  and/or  other  characteristics  of  loan  collateral.  These
credit quality indicators are

80

Table of Contents

used to assign a risk rating to each individual loan. The risk ratings can be grouped into six major categories, defined as follows:

Pass assets  are  those  which  are  performing  according  to  contract  and  have  no  existing  or  known  weaknesses  deserving  of
management’s close attention. The basic underwriting criteria used to approve the loans are still valid, and all payments have
essentially been made as planned.

Watch assets are expected to have an event occurring in the near future that will lead to a change in risk rating with the change
being either favorable or unfavorable. These assets require heightened monitoring of the event by management.

Special  mention  assets  have  potential  weaknesses  that  deserve  management’s  close  attention.  If  left  uncorrected,  these
potential weaknesses may result in deterioration of the repayment prospects for the asset or in the Company’s credit position at
some  future  date.  Special  mention  assets  are  not  adversely  classified  and  do  not  expose  the  Company  to  sufficient  risk  to
warrant adverse classification.

Substandard  assets  are  inadequately  protected  by  the  current  net  worth  and/or  paying  capacity  of  the  obligor  or  by  the
collateral pledged. These assets have well-defined weaknesses: the primary source of repayment is gone or severely impaired
(i.e., bankruptcy or loss of employment) and/or there has been a deterioration in collateral value. In addition, there is the distinct
possibility that the Company will sustain some loss, either directly or indirectly (i.e., the cost of monitoring), if the deficiencies
are not corrected. A deterioration in collateral value alone does not mandate that an asset be adversely classified if such factor
does not indicate that the primary source of repayment is in jeopardy.

Doubtful assets have the weaknesses of those classified substandard with the added characteristic that the weaknesses make
collection or liquidation in full highly questionable and improbable based on current facts, conditions and values.

Loss assets are considered uncollectible and of such little value that their continuance as assets, without establishment of a
specific  valuation  allowance  or  charge-off,  is  not  warranted.  This  classification  does  not  necessarily  mean  that  an  asset  has
absolutely no recovery or salvage value; but rather, it is not practical or desirable to defer writing off a basically worthless asset
(or portion thereof) even though partial recovery may be affected in the future.

81

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes the loan portfolio allocated by management’s internal risk ratings at December 31, 2021 and 2020.
The decrease in Watch, Special Mention and Substandard risk rated loans during the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily
attributable to the diminishing impact of the COVID-19 pandemic on the performance of loans. As of December 31, 2021, all loans
modified  under  the  Company's  payment  deferral  program  implemented  in  response  to  the  pandemic  had  returned  to  scheduled
payments or paid off in full.

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Grade:
Pass
Watch
Special mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total
As of December 31, 2020:
Grade:
Pass
Watch
Special mention
Substandard
Doubtful

Total

Multifamily
Residential

Single Family
Residential

Commercial
Real Estate

Land and
Construction

Total

$

$

$

$

4,129,767  $
66,062 
4,586 
10,320 
— 

4,210,735  $

3,883,597  $
177,483 
19,547 
20,204 
— 

4,100,831  $

1,856,942  $
22,946 
— 
1,788 
— 

1,881,676  $

1,624,331  $
85,943 
7,132 
6,547 
— 

1,723,953  $

180,950  $
6,147 
— 
— 
— 

187,097  $

162,615  $
36,657 
3,599 
— 
— 

202,871  $

17,523  $
389 
— 
— 
— 
17,912  $

22,161  $
— 
— 
— 
— 
22,161  $

6,185,182 
95,544 
4,586 
12,108 
— 
6,297,420 

5,692,704 
300,083 
30,278 
26,751 
— 
6,049,816 

The following table summarizes an aging analysis of the loan portfolio by the time past due at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Loans:

Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Land and construction

Total
As of December 31, 2020:
Loans:

Multifamily residential
Single family residential
Commercial real estate
Land and construction

Total

$

$

$

$

30 Days

60 Days

90+ Days

Non-accrual

Current

Total

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

505  $

1,788 
— 
— 
2,293  $

4,210,230  $
1,879,617 
187,097 
17,912 
6,294,856  $

4,210,735 
1,881,676 
187,097 
17,912 
6,297,420 

522  $

5,791 
— 
— 
6,313  $

4,098,489  $
1,717,824 
200,188 
22,161 
6,038,662  $

4,100,831 
1,723,953 
202,871 
22,161 
6,049,816 

—  $

271 
— 
— 
271  $

1,820  $
338 
2,683 
— 
4,841  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

82

Table of Contents

The following table summarizes information related to impaired loans:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of or for the year ended December 31, 2021:
With no related allowance recorded:

Recorded
Investment

Unpaid
Principal
Balance

Related
Allowance

Average
Recorded
Investment

Interest
Income

Cash
Basis
Interest

Multifamily residential
Single family residential

With an allowance recorded:
Single family residential

Total:

Multifamily residential
Single family residential

$

505  $

582  $

4,847 
5,352 

840 
840 

5,033 
5,615 

836 
836 

505 
5,687 
6,192  $

582 
5,869 
6,451  $

$

As of or for the year ended December 31, 2020:
With no related allowance recorded:

Multifamily residential
Single family residential

With an allowance recorded:
Single family residential

Total:

Multifamily residential
Single family residential

$

522  $

599  $

6,174 
6,696 

877 
877 

6,500 
7,099 

874 
874 

522 
7,051 
7,573  $

599 
7,374 
7,973  $

$

—  $
— 
— 

25 
25 

— 
25 
25  $

—  $
— 
— 

25 
25 

— 
25 
25  $

802  $

30  $

4,544 
5,346 

859 
859 

164 
194 

25 
25 

802 
5,403 
6,205  $

30 
189 
219  $

532  $

36  $

5,215 
5,747 

1,263 
1,263 

104 
140 

39 
39 

532 
6,478 
7,010  $

36 
143 
179  $

30 
95 
125 

— 
— 

30 
95 
125 

36 
86 
122 

— 
— 

36 
86 
122 

The following table summarizes the recorded investment related to TDRs at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

(Dollars in thousands)
Troubled debt restructurings:
Single family residential

December 31,

2021

2020

$

1,204  $

3,967 

The Company has allocated $25 thousand of its allowance for loan losses for loans modified in TDRs at both December 31, 2021
and  2020.  The  Company  does  not  have  commitments  to  lend  additional  funds  to  borrowers  with  loans  whose  terms  have  been
modified in TDRs.

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2021,  the  Company  had  no  new  TDRs.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2020,  the
Company modified the terms of loans that qualified as TDRs. The following table provides detail of these modifications:

(Dollars in thousands)
For the Year Ended December 31, 2020:
Troubled debt restructurings:
Single family residential

Number of Contracts

Pre-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment

Post-Modification
Outstanding Recorded
Investment

2 $

2,672  $

2,672 

Terms of the two loans modified as TDRs during the year ended December 31, 2020 above included

83

Table of Contents

suspension  of  loan  payments  for  six  months  and  a  similar  extension  of  the  loan  term.  Prior  to  modification,  both  loans  were
classified as non-accrual and impaired. The TDRs above resulted in no increase to the allowance for loan losses and no charge-offs
during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  or  2020,  primarily  due  to  collateral  support  provided  by  the  secondary  source  of
repayment.

The  Company  had  no  troubled  debt  restructurings  with  a  subsequent  payment  default  within  twelve  months  following  the
modification during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. A loan is considered to be in payment default once it is 90 days
contractually past due under the modified terms.

4.     NONPERFORMING ASSETS

Nonperforming  assets  include  nonperforming  loans  plus  REO.  The  Company’s  nonperforming  assets  at  December  31,  2021  and
2020 are indicated below:

(Dollars in thousands)
Non-accrual loans:

Multifamily residential
Single family residential

Total non-accrual loans
Real estate owned

Total nonperforming assets

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

505  $

1,788 
2,293 
— 
2,293  $

522 
5,791 
6,313 
— 
6,313 

Interest income on non-accrual loans is subsequently recognized on a cash basis as long as the remaining unpaid principal amount
of the loans are deemed to be fully collectible. If there’s doubt regarding the collectability of the loan, then any interest payments
received  are  applied  to  principal.  Interest  income  was  recognized  on  a  cash  basis  on  non-accrual  loans  during  the  years  ended
December  31,  2021  and  2020  totaling  $125  thousand  and  $122  thousand,  respectively.  Contractual  interest  not  recorded  on
nonperforming loans during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 totaled $15 thousand and $169 thousand, respectively.

Generally, non-accrual loans are considered impaired because the repayment of the loan will not be made in accordance with the
original contractual agreement.

5.     MORTGAGE SERVICING RIGHTS

Servicing loans for others generally consists of collecting mortgage payments, maintaining escrow accounts, disbursing payments
to  investors,  and  conducting  foreclosure  proceedings.  Loan  servicing  income  is  recorded  on  the  accrual  basis  and  includes
servicing fees from investors and certain charges collected from borrowers. Mortgage loans serviced for others are not reported as
assets. The principal balances of these loans are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Mortgage loans serviced for:

December 31,

2021

2020

Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation ("Freddie Mac")
Other financial institutions

Total mortgage loans serviced for others

$

$

127,431  $
58,298 
185,729  $

216,431 
103,325 
319,756 

Custodial  account  balances  maintained  in  connection  with  serviced  loans  totaled  $5.0  million  and  $10.9  million  at  December  31,
2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company measures servicing rights at fair value at each reporting date and reports changes in the fair value of servicing assets
in earnings in the period in which the changes occur. Fair value is based on a valuation model that calculates the present value of
estimated future net servicing income. Activities for

84

Table of Contents

mortgage servicing rights are as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Beginning balance

Additions
Disposals
Changes in fair value due to changes in assumptions
Other changes in fair value

Ending balance

Years Ended December 31,
2020
2021

1,599  $
— 
— 
— 
(684)
915  $

2,657 
— 
— 
— 
(1,058)
1,599 

$

$

Fair value as of December 31, 2021 was determined using a discount rate of 10%, prepayment speeds ranging from 7.6% to 48.8%
and a weighted average default rate of 5%. The weighted average prepayment speed at December 31, 2021 was 29.2%. Fair value
as of December 31, 2020 was determined using a discount rate of 10%, prepayment speeds ranging from 7.4% to 55.8% and a
weighted average default rate of 5%. The weighted average prepayment speed at December 31, 2020 was 28.9%.

6.     PREMISES AND EQUIPMENT

Premises and equipment consist of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
Leasehold improvements
Furniture and equipment
Building
Land

Total

Less: accumulated depreciation

Premises and equipment, net

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

15,008  $
10,046 
6,181 
2,429 
33,664 
(17,574)
16,090  $

14,994 
11,537 
6,174 
2,429 
35,134 
(16,908)
18,226 

Depreciation  and  amortization  expense  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2021  and  2020  totaled  $2.6  million  and  $2.7  million,
respectively.

7.     DEPOSITS

A summary of deposits at December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
Time deposits
Money market savings
Interest-bearing demand
Money market checking
Noninterest-bearing demand

Total

December 31,

2021

2020

$

$

2,335,141  $
2,294,367 
176,126 
580,325 
152,284 
5,538,243  $

3,057,197 
1,678,942 
151,954 
282,897 
93,339 
5,264,329 

The Company had time deposits that met or exceeded the FDIC Insurance limit of $250 thousand of $1.1 billion and $1.4 billion at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The Company utilizes brokered deposits as an additional source of funding. The Company had brokered deposits of $25.8 million
and $50.0 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

85

Table of Contents

Maturities of the Company’s time deposits at December 31, 2021 are summarized as follows:

Year Ending December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026

$

$

2,155,832 
102,920 
24,895 
6,842 
44,652 
2,335,141 

8.     FEDERAL HOME LOAN BANK AND FEDERAL RESERVE BANK ADVANCES

The  Bank  may  borrow  from  the  FHLB,  on  either  a  short-term  or  long-term  basis,  up  to  40%  of  its  assets  provided  that  adequate
collateral  has  been  pledged.  As  of  both  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Bank  had  pledged  various  mortgage  loans  totaling
approximately $2.4 billion, as well as the FHLB stock held by the Bank to secure these borrowing arrangements.

The Bank has access to the Loan and Discount Window of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco ("FRB"). Advances under
this window are subject to the Bank providing qualifying collateral. Various mortgage loans totaling approximately $583.0 million and
$467.8  million  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  secure  this  borrowing  arrangement.  There  were  no  borrowings
outstanding with the FRB as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

The following table discloses the Bank’s outstanding advances from the FHLB of San Francisco:

(Dollars in thousands)

December 31,
2021

December 31,
2020

Minimum
Interest Rate

Maximum
Interest Rate

Weighted
Average Rate

Outstanding Balances

As of December 31, 2021

Fixed rate long-term

751,647 

806,747 

0.38 %

7.33 %

1.68 %

Maturity Dates
February 2022 to
March 2030

The  Bank's  available  borrowing  capacity  based  on  pledged  loans  to  the  FHLB  and  FRB  totaled  $1.2  billion  and  $1.1  billion  at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively. As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank had aggregate loan balances of $2.5
billion  and  $1.8  billion,  respectively,  available  to  pledge  to  the  FHLB  and  FRB  to  increase  its  borrowing  capacity.  As  of
December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank pledged as collateral a $62.6 million FHLB letter of credit to Freddie Mac related to our
multifamily securitization reimbursement obligation.

Short-term borrowings are borrowings with original maturities of 90 days or less. During the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020, there was a maximum amount of short-term borrowings outstanding of $352.9 million and $77.8 million, respectively, and an
average  amount  outstanding  of  $110.8  million  and  $6.7  million,  respectively,  with  a  weighted  average  interest  rate  of  0.14%  and
1.43%, respectively.

86

Table of Contents

The  following  table  summarizes  scheduled  principal  payments  on  FHLB  advances  over  the  next  five  years  as  of  December  31,
2021:

Year Ending December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Total

$

$

100,000 
250,000 
200,000 
101,500 
100,000 
147 
751,647 

9.     JUNIOR SUBORDINATED DEFERRABLE INTEREST DEBENTURES

The Company formed two wholly-owned trust companies (the ‘‘Trusts’’) which issued guaranteed preferred beneficial interests (the
"Trust  Securities")  in  the  Company’s  junior  subordinated  deferrable  interest  debentures  (the  "Notes").  The  Company  is  not
considered  the  primary  beneficiary  of  the  Trusts  and  therefore,  the  Trusts  are  not  consolidated  in  the  Company’s  financial
statements,  but  rather  the  junior  subordinated  debentures  are  shown  as  a  liability.  The  Company’s  investment  in  the  common
securities of the Trusts, totaling $1.9 million, is included in other assets in the consolidated statements of financial condition. The
sole asset of the Trusts are the Notes that they hold.

The Trusts have invested the proceeds of such Trust Securities in the Notes. Each of the Notes has an interest rate equal to the
corresponding Trust Securities distribution rate. The Company has the right to defer payment of interest on the Notes at any time or
from time to time for a period not exceeding five years provided that no extension period may extend beyond the stated maturity of
the relevant Notes. During any such extension period, distributions on the Trust Securities will also be deferred, and the Company’s
ability to pay dividends on its common stock will be restricted.

The Company has entered into contractual arrangements which, taken collectively, fully and unconditionally guarantee payment of:
(i) accrued and unpaid distributions required to be paid on the Trust Securities; (ii) the redemption price with respect to any Trust
Securities  called  for  redemption  by  the  Trusts;  and  (iii)  payments  due  upon  a  voluntary  or  involuntary  dissolution,  winding  up  or
liquidation of the Trusts. The Trust Securities are mandatorily redeemable upon maturity of the Notes, or upon earlier redemption as
provided in the indenture. The Company has the right to redeem the Notes purchased by the Trusts, in whole or in part, on or after
the  redemption  date.  As  specified  in  the  indenture,  if  the  Notes  are  redeemed  prior  to  maturity,  the  redemption  price  will  be  the
principal amount and any accrued but unpaid interest.

The following table is a summary of the outstanding Trust Securities and Notes at December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Issuer
(Dollars in thousands)
Luther Burbank Statutory
Trust I
Luther Burbank Statutory
Trust II

$

$

10.     SENIOR DEBT

December 31, 2021
Rate
Amount

December 31, 2020
Rate
Amount

Date
Issued

Maturity
Date

Rate Index
(Quarterly Reset)

41,238 

1.58 % $

41,238 

1.60 % 3/1/2006

6/15/2036

3 month LIBOR + 1.38%

20,619 

1.82 % $

20,619 

1.84 % 3/1/2007

6/15/2037

3 month LIBOR + 1.62%

In  September  2014,  the  Company  issued  $95.0  million  in  senior  unsecured  term  notes  to  qualified  institutional  investors.  The
following table summarizes information on these notes as of December 31,

87

Table of Contents

2021 and 2020:

(Dollars in thousands)
Senior Unsecured Term Notes

11.     INCOME TAXES

December 31, 2021

December 31, 2020

Principal

Unamortized
Debt Issuance
Costs

Principal

Unamortized
Debt Issuance
Costs

$

95,000  $

338  $

95,000  $

461 

Maturity Date
9/30/2024

Fixed
Interest
Rate

6.50 %

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 consists of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
Federal:
Current
Deferred

Total federal tax provision

State:

Current
Deferred

Total state tax provision

Total income tax provision

Years Ended December 31,
2020
2021

$

$

24,333  $
(980)
23,353 

12,692 
202 
12,894 
36,247  $

13,686 
(2,834)
10,852 

7,544 
(1,649)
5,895 
16,747 

The provision for income taxes for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 differs from the statutory federal rate of 21% due
to the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
Statutory U.S. federal income tax
Increase resulting from:

State taxes, net of federal benefit
Other

Provision for income taxes

Years Ended December 31,
2020
2021

26,040  $

10,180 
27 
36,247  $

11,898 

4,658 
191 
16,747 

$

$

88

Table of Contents

Deferred tax assets (liabilities) included in other assets in the accompanying consolidated statements of financial condition consist
of the following:

(Dollars in thousands)
Deferred tax assets:

Allowance for loan losses
Deferred compensation
State tax deduction
Other
Total deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Loan fee income
Unrealized gain on securities
Federal Home Loan Bank stock dividend income deferred for tax
purposes
Federal depreciation
Other
Total deferred tax liabilities

Net deferred tax assets

December 31,

2021

2020

10,568  $
8,199 
2,408 
612 
21,787 

(8,719)
(36)

(873)
(219)
(567)
(10,414)
11,373  $

13,740 
7,831 
1,578 
643 
23,792 

(10,802)
(2,757)

(1,087)
(853)
(419)
(15,918)
7,874 

$

$

In  assessing  the  Company’s  ability  to  realize  deferred  tax  assets,  management  considers  whether  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that
some portion or all of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon
the generation of future taxable income during the periods in which those temporary differences become deductible. Management
considers projected future taxable income and tax planning strategies in making this assessment. Based upon the level of historical
taxable  income  and  projections  for  future  taxable  income  over  the  periods  in  which  the  deferred  tax  assets  are  deductible,
management believes it is more likely than not that the Company will realize all benefits related to these deductible differences as of
December 31, 2021 and 2020.

There were no unrecognized tax benefits for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Until  July  1,  1996,  the  Bank  was  allowed  a  special  bad  debt  deduction  based  on  a  percentage  of  federal  taxable  income  or  on
specified  experience  formulas  in  arriving  at  federal  taxable  income.  For  reserves  established  in  taxable  years  beginning  prior  to
December  31,  1987,  a  deferred  tax  liability  was  not  required  to  be  accrued  but  has  been  included  as  a  restriction  on  retained
earnings  because  such  amounts  may  require  the  recognition  of  a  tax  liability  if,  in  the  future,  (1)  the  Bank’s  retained  earnings
represented by these reserves is used for purposes other than to absorb losses from bad debts, including dividends or distributions
in liquidation or (2) there is a change in the federal tax law. The cumulative amount of these untaxed reserves was approximately
$3.1 million at both December 31, 2021 and 2020. Retained earnings at both December 31, 2021 and 2020 included approximately
$930 thousand representing the tax effect of such cumulative bad debt deductions for which no deferred income taxes have been
provided.  In  the  event  that  these  reserves  are  subject  to  realization,  the  tax  on  these  reserves  will  be  assessed  and  paid  at  the
entity  level.  Management  has  determined  that  this  portion  of  retained  earnings  will  not  be  used  in  a  manner  that  will  create  an
income tax liability.

The Company is subject to U.S. federal income tax as well as various other state income taxes. The Company is no longer subject
to  examination  by  taxing  authorities  for  years  before  2017  for  California  tax  filings  and  2018  for  federal  and  most  other  state  tax
filings.

12.     REGULATORY MATTERS

The  Company  is  a  registered  bank  holding  company  and  is  subject  to  regulation,  examination,  and  supervision  by  the  FRB.  The
Bank is subject to regulation, examination, and supervision by the FDIC and the California Department of Financial Protection and
Innovation ("DFPI").

The final rules implementing the Basel Committee on Banking Supervision's capital guidelines for U.S.

89

Table of Contents

banks (the “Basel III Capital Rules”) became effective for the Holding Company and Bank on January 1, 2015. The Basel III Capital
Rules provide for the following minimum capital to risk-weighted assets ratios as of January 1, 2015: a) 4.5% based upon common
equity  tier  1  capital  ("CET1");  b)  6.0%  based  upon  tier  1  capital;  and  c)  8.0%  based  upon  total  regulatory  capital.  A  minimum
leverage ratio (tier 1 capital as a percentage of average consolidated assets) of 4.0% is also required under the Basel III Capital
Rules.

The  Basel  III  Capital  Rules  require  institutions  to  retain  a  capital  conservation  buffer,  composed  entirely  of  CET1,  of  2.5%  above
these  required  minimum  capital  ratio  levels.  Banking  organizations  that  fail  to  maintain  the  minimum  2.5%  capital  conservation
buffer could face restrictions on capital distributions or discretionary bonus payments to executive officers. Restrictions would begin
phasing  in  where  the  banking  organization’s  capital  conservation  buffer  was  below  2.5%  at  the  beginning  of  a  quarter,  and
distributions and discretionary bonus payments would be completely prohibited if no capital conservation buffer exists.

The Bank is also governed by numerous federal and state laws and regulations, including the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, which
established five categories of capital adequacy ranging from “well-capitalized” to critically undercapitalized (although these items are
not  utilized  to  represent  overall  financial  condition).  The  FDIC  utilizes  these  categories  of  capital  adequacy  to  determine  various
matters, including, but not limited to, prompt corrective action and deposit insurance premium assessment levels. Capital levels and
adequacy classifications may also be subject to qualitative judgments by the Bank’s regulators regarding, among other factors, the
components of capital and risk weighting. If adequately capitalized, regulatory approval is required to accept brokered deposits. If
undercapitalized, capital distributions and asset growth are limited, and capital restoration plans are required.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company and the Bank met all capital adequacy requirements to which they are subject.
Also, as of December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Bank satisfied all criteria necessary to be categorized as “well-capitalized” under the
regulatory  framework  for  prompt  corrective  action.  There  have  been  no  conditions  or  events  since  December  31,  2021  that
management believes have changed its “well-capitalized” categorization.

90

Table of Contents

The Company’s and Bank’s actual capital amounts and ratios are presented as follows:

Actual

For Capital Adequacy
Purposes

Amount

Ratio

Amount

Ratio

Minimum Required
Plus Capital
Conservation Buffer
Amount

Ratio

For Well- Capitalized
Institution

Amount

Ratio

$

727,606 

10.12 % $

287,509 

4.00 %

N/A

N/A

665,749 
727,606 
764,048 

17.09 %
18.68 %
19.61 %

175,296 
233,728 
311,638 

4.50 % $ 272,683 
331,115 
6.00 %
409,025 
8.00 %

7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

$

665,514 

9.45 % $

281,564 

4.00 %

N/A

N/A

603,657 
665,514 
712,837 

15.75 %
17.37 %
18.60 %

172,420 
229,893 
306,524 

4.50 % $ 268,209 
325,682 
6.00 %
402,313 
8.00 %

7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

N/A

N/A
N/A
N/A

$

799,457 

11.13 % $

287,407 

4.00 %

N/A

N/A $

359,259 

5.00 %

799,457 
799,457 
835,899 

20.54 %
20.54 %
21.47 %

175,190 
233,587 
311,449 

4.50 % $ 272,518 
330,915 
6.00 %
408,777 
8.00 %

7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

253,052 
311,449 
389,311 

6.50 %
8.00 %
10.00 %

$

729,054 

10.36 % $

281,453 

4.00 %

N/A

N/A $

351,816 

5.00 %

729,054 
729,054 
776,377 

19.04 %
19.04 %
20.27 %

172,340 
229,787 
306,383 

4.50 % $ 268,085 
325,532 
6.00 %
402,128 
8.00 %

7.00 %
8.50 %
10.50 %

248,936 
306,383 
382,979 

6.50 %
8.00 %
10.00 %

(Dollars in thousands)
Luther Burbank Corporation
As of December 31, 2021
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-
Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

As of December 31, 2020
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-
Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

Luther Burbank Savings
As of December 31, 2021
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-
Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

As of December 31, 2020
Tier 1 Leverage Ratio
Common Equity Tier 1 Risk-
Based Ratio
Tier 1 Risk-Based Capital Ratio
Total Risk-Based Capital Ratio

Dividends

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is dependent upon dividends from the Bank to provide funds for the payment of
dividends to shareholders and to provide for other cash requirements. Banking regulations may limit the amount of dividends that
may be paid. Approval by regulatory authorities is required if the effect of dividends declared would cause the regulatory capital of
the Bank to fall below specified minimum levels. Approval is also required if dividends declared exceed the net profits for that year
combined with the retained net profits for the preceding two years.

The Company has paid cash dividends of $18.4 million and $12.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020.
Payment of stock or cash dividends in the future will depend upon the Company's earnings and financial condition, and other factors
deemed  relevant  by  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors,  as  well  as  the  Company’s  legal  ability  to  pay  dividends.  Accordingly,  no
assurance can be given that any dividends will be declared in the future.

13.     DERIVATIVES AND HEDGING ACTIVITIES

The Company utilizes interest rate swap and cap agreements as part of its asset liability management strategy to help manage its
interest rate risk position. The notional amount of interest rate swaps and caps do not represent amounts exchanged by the parties.
The amount exchanged is determined by reference to the notional amount and the other terms of the individual interest rate cap or
swap agreements.

Fair Value Hedges of Interest Rate Risk

As of December 31, 2021, the Company held two two-year interest rate swaps with a total notional amount of $650 million. These
swaps were entered into in February and June 2021. The swaps provide a hedge

91

Table of Contents

against the interest rate risk associated with both fixed rate loans and hybrid adjustable loans in their fixed rate period. During the
year  ended  December  31,  2021,  two  separate,  two-year  interest  rate  swaps  with  a  total  notional  amount  of  $1.0  billion  matured.
These swaps, which were in equal notional amounts of $500.0 million, matured in June and August 2021, and provided a hedge
against the interest rate risk related to certain hybrid multifamily loans which were in their fixed rate period.

All  outstanding  swaps  are  designated  as  fair  value  hedges  and  involve  the  payment  of  a  fixed  rate  amount  to  a  counterparty  in
exchange  for  the  Company  receiving  a  variable  rate  payment  over  the  life  of  the  swaps  without  the  exchange  of  the  underlying
notional amount. Any gain or loss on the derivatives, as well as any offsetting loss or gain on the hedged items attributable to the
hedged risk are recognized in interest income on loans.

For the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, the floating rate amounts recognized related to the net settlement of interest
rate swaps were less than the fixed rate amounts recognized. The following table presents the effect of the Company’s interest rate
swaps on the consolidated statements of income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020:

(Dollars in thousands)
Derivative - interest rate swaps:

Interest (loss) income

Hedged items - loans:

Interest (loss) income

Net decrease in interest income

Years Ended December 31,
2020
2021

$

$

(7,570) $

(31)
(7,601) $

(10,830)

25 
(10,805)

The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s interest rate swaps, as well as their classification in the consolidated
statements of financial condition as of December 31, 2021 and 2020:

Notional
(Dollars in thousands)
Amount
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:

Fair Values of Derivative Instruments

Asset Derivatives

Liability Derivatives

Balance Sheet
Location

Fair Value

Balance Sheet
Location

Fair Value

As of December 31, 2021:

Interest Rate Swaps
As of December 31, 2020:

Interest Rate Swaps

$

$

650,000 

Prepaid Expenses and
Other Assets

1,000,000 

Prepaid Expenses and
Other Assets

$

$

3,108 

Other Liabilities and
Accrued Expenses

Other Liabilities and
Accrued Expenses

— 

$

$

— 

7,258 

As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  following  amounts  were  recorded  in  the  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition
related to cumulative basis adjustments for its fair value hedges:

Line Item in the Consolidated Statement of
Financial Condition in Which the Hedged Items are
Included
(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
 (1)
Loans receivable, net
As of December 31, 2020:
 (1)
Loans receivable, net

$

$

Carrying Amount of
the Hedged Assets

Cumulative Amount of Fair Value
Hedging Adjustment Included in the
Carrying Amount of the Hedged Assets

646,890  $

1,007,288  $

(3,110)

7,288 

(1) These amounts include the amortized cost basis of portfolio loans used to designate hedging relationships in which the hedged items
are the last layer expected to be remaining at the end of the hedging relationship. At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the amortized cost
basis  of  the  portfolio  loans  used  in  these  hedging  relationships  were  $1.0  billion  and  $2.0  billion,  respectively;  the  cumulative  basis
adjustments associated with

92

Table of Contents

these hedging relationships were $(3.1) million and $7.3 million, respectively, and the amount of the designated hedged items were $646.9
million and $1.0 billion, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021, the Company had no cash collateral posted in connection with its interest rate swaps, compared to $8.9
million that was posted at December 31, 2020. Cash collateral, if any, is included in restricted cash in the consolidated statements of
financial condition.

14.     EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLANS

Salary Continuation Arrangements

The Company has individual salary continuation agreements with certain current and former key executives and directors. These
agreements  are  accounted  for  as  deferred  compensation  arrangements  and  are  unsecured  and  unfunded.  Benefits  under  these
agreements are fixed for each participant and are payable over a specific period following their retirement or at an earlier date such
as  termination  without  cause,  the  sale  of  the  Company,  or  death.  Participants  vest  in  these  agreements  based  on  their  years  of
service subsequent to being covered under these agreements.

The  accrued  obligation  of  $17.3  million  and  $16.2  million  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  is  included  in  other
liabilities  and  accrued  expenses  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition.  The  Company  recognized
compensation expense of $2.3 million and $2.9 million related to these agreements for the years ended December 31, 2021 and
2020, respectively.

The Company has purchased insurance on the lives of the participants to help offset the cost of the benefits accrued under these
agreements and provide death benefits to fund obligations in the event an employee dies prior to retirement. The cash surrender
value of such policies was $18.2 million and $18.1 million at December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively, and is reflected in prepaid
expenses  and  other  assets  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  financial  condition.  Earnings  on  these  life  insurance
policies were $16 thousand and $123 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

401(k) Plan

The  Company  maintains  a  401(k)  Savings  Plan  for  substantially  all  employees  age  18  or  older  who  have  completed  at  least  six
months of service. Employees may contribute up to the maximum statutory allowable contribution which was $19,500 for both 2021
and 2020. The Company matches 100% of employee salary contribution deferrals up to 3% of pay, plus 50% of employee salary
contribution deferrals from 3% to 5% of pay. Company contributions for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 were $1.1
million and $1.0 million, respectively.

15.     STOCK BASED COMPENSATION

The Company’s stock based compensation consists of RSUs and RSAs granted under the Luther Burbank Corporation Omnibus
Equity  and  Incentive  Compensation  Plan  ("Omnibus  Plan").  In  connection  with  its  IPO  in  December  2017,  the  Company  granted
RSUs in exchange for unvested phantom stock related to a then discontinued employee benefit plan that awarded phantom stock to
certain key executives and nonemployee directors. The RSUs were granted on a per share basis, with the same vesting schedule
and  deferral  elections  that  existed  for  the  original  phantom  stock  awards.  Post  IPO,  the  Company  typically  grants  RSAs  to
nonemployee  directors  and  certain  employees  on  an  annual  basis.  RSA  grants  vest  ratably  over  one  year  for  nonemployee
directors and ratably over three to four years for employees.

All RSAs and RSUs are granted at the fair value of the common stock at the time of the award. RSAs and RSUs are considered
fixed awards as the number of shares and fair value are known at the date of grant and the fair value at the grant date is amortized
over the vesting and/or service period. Non-cash stock compensation expense recognized for RSAs and RSUs for the years ended
December  31,  2021  and  2020  totaled  $2.5  million  and  $3.5  million,  respectively.  The  fair  value  of  RSAs  and  RSUs  that  vested
during the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 was $2.4 million and $3.7 million, respectively.

As of December 31, 2021 and 2020, there was $2.6 million and $2.7 million, respectively, of unrecognized compensation expense
related  to  489,703  and  464,919  unvested  shares  of  RSAs,  respectively,  which  amounts  are  expected  to  be  recognized  over  a
weighted average period of 1.69 years and 1.76 years,

93

Table of Contents

respectively.  As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  91,486  and  140,997  shares,  respectively,  of  RSUs  were  vested  and  remain
unsettled per the original deferral elections.

The following table summarizes share information about RSAs and RSUs:

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

Beginning of the period balance
Shares granted
Shares settled
Shares forfeited

End of the period balance

Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
10.93 
10.17 
11.02 
10.30 
10.56 

605,916  $
295,058 
(265,655)
(54,130)
581,189  $

Number of
Shares

Weighted
Average Grant
Date Fair Value
10.53 
11.62 
10.60 
11.09 
10.93 

717,999  $
261,722 
(341,118)
(32,687)
605,916  $

Under its Omnibus Plan, the Company reserved 3,360,000 shares of common stock for new awards. At December 31, 2021 and
2020,  there  were  1,861,344  and  2,102,272  shares,  respectively,  of  common  stock  reserved  and  available  for  grant  through
restricted  stock  or  other  awards  under  the  Omnibus  Plan.  RSU  awards  were  initially  issued  to  replace  unvested  phantom  stock
awards under the Luther Burbank Corporation Phantom Stock Plan and were excluded from the shares reserved and available for
grant under the Omnibus Plan. As of January 1, 2021, all RSUs were fully vested and no longer subject to forfeiture. During the year
ended December 31, 2020, there were 1,468 shares of forfeited RSU awards.

16.     FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

Fair Value Hierarchy

The Company groups its assets and liabilities measured at fair value in three levels, based on the markets in which the assets and
liabilities  are  traded  and  the  reliability  of  the  assumptions  used  to  determine  fair  value.  Valuations  within  these  levels  are  based
upon:

Level 1 - Quoted market prices for identical instruments traded in active exchange markets.

Level 2 - Quoted prices for similar instruments in active markets, quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in markets that
are not active, and model-based valuation techniques for which all significant assumptions are observable or can be corroborated
by observable market data.

Level 3 - Model-based techniques that use at least one significant assumption not observable in the market. These unobservable
assumptions  reflect  the  Company’s  estimates  of  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  on  pricing  the  asset  or  liability.
Valuation techniques include management judgment and estimation which may be significant.

Because broadly traded markets do not exist for most of the Company’s financial instruments, the fair value calculations attempt to
incorporate  the  effect  of  current  market  conditions  at  a  specific  time.  These  determinations  are  subjective  in  nature,  involve
uncertainties and matters of significant judgment and do not include tax ramifications; therefore, the results cannot be determined
with  precision,  substantiated  by  comparison  to  independent  markets  and  may  not  be  realized  in  an  actual  sale  or  immediate
settlement  of  the  instruments.  There  may  be  inherent  weaknesses  in  any  calculation  technique,  and  changes  in  the  underlying
assumptions used, including discount rates and estimates of future cash flows, could significantly affect the results. For all of these
reasons, the aggregation of the fair value calculations presented herein do not represent, and should not be construed to represent,
the underlying value of the Company.

Management  monitors  the  availability  of  observable  market  data  to  assess  the  appropriate  classification  of  assets  and  liabilities
within  the  fair  value  hierarchy.  Changes  in  economic  conditions  or  model-based  valuation  techniques  may  require  the  transfer  of
financial instruments from one fair value level to another. In such instances, the transfer is reported at the beginning of the reporting
period. Management evaluates

94

Table of Contents

the significance of transfers between levels based upon the nature of the financial instrument and size of the transfer relative to total
assets, total liabilities, or total earnings.

The following methods and assumptions were used to estimate the fair value of financial instruments:

For  cash,  cash  equivalents  and  restricted  cash,  accrued  interest  receivable  and  payable,  demand  deposits  and  short-term
borrowings, the carrying amount was estimated to be fair value. The fair value of accrued interest receivable/payable balances were
determined using inputs and fair value measurements commensurate with the asset or liability from which the accrued interest is
generated.

Fair  values  for  available  for  sale  and  held  to  maturity  debt  securities,  which  include  primarily  debt  securities  issued  by  U.S.
government sponsored agencies, were based on quoted market prices for similar securities.

Fair values for equity securities, which consist of investments in a qualified community reinvestment fund, were based on quoted
market prices.

Loans were valued using the exit price notion. The fair value was estimated using market quotes for similar assets or the present
value of future cash flows, discounted using a market rate for similar products and giving consideration to estimated prepayment
risk and credit risk. The fair value of loans was determined utilizing estimates resulting in a Level 3 classification.

Impaired loans were measured for impairment based on the present value of expected future cash flows discounted at the loans'
effective interest rate, except that as a practical expedient, the Company may measure impairment based on a loan’s observable
market price, or the fair value of the collateral (net of estimated costs to sell) if the loan is collateral dependent. The fair value of
impaired loans was determined utilizing estimates resulting in a Level 3 classification.

It was not practicable to determine the fair value of FHLB stock due to restrictions placed on its transferability.

The fair value of servicing rights was determined using a valuation model that utilizes interest rate, prepayment speed, and default
rate  assumptions  that  market  participants  would  use  in  estimating  future  net  servicing  income  and  that  can  be  validated  against
available market data.

The fair values of derivatives were based on valuation models using observable market data as of the measurement date.

Fair  values  for  fixed-rate  time  deposits  were  estimated  using  discounted  cash  flow  analyses  using  interest  rates  offered  at  each
reporting date by the Company for time deposits with similar remaining maturities. For deposits with no contractual maturity, the fair
value was assumed to equal the carrying value.

The fair value of FHLB advances was estimated based on discounting the future cash flows using the market rate currently offered
for similar terms.

The fair value of subordinated debentures was based on an indication of value provided by a third-party broker.

For senior debt, the fair value was based on an indication of value provided by a third-party broker.

95

Table of Contents

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

The carrying and estimated fair values of the Company’s financial instruments were as follows:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Financial assets:

Cash, cash equivalents and
restricted cash
Debt securities:

Available for sale
Held to maturity
Equity securities
Loans receivable, net
Accrued interest receivable
FHLB stock
Interest rate swaps

Financial liabilities:

Deposits
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated deferrable
interest debentures
Senior debt
Accrued interest payable
As of December 31, 2020:
Financial assets:

Cash, cash equivalents and
restricted cash
Debt securities:

Available for sale
Held to maturity
Equity securities
Loans receivable, net
Accrued interest receivable
FHLB stock
Financial liabilities:

Deposits
FHLB advances
Junior subordinated deferrable
interest debentures
Senior debt
Accrued interest payable
Interest rate swaps

Carrying
Amount

Fair Value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Fair Level Measurements Using

$

138,413  $

138,413  $

138,413  $

—  $

— 

647,317 
3,829 
11,693 
6,261,885 
17,761 
23,411 
3,108 

647,317 
4,018 
11,693 
6,297,548 
17,761 
N/A
3,108 

— 
— 
— 
— 
1 
N/A
— 

647,317 
4,018 
11,693 
— 
927 
N/A
3,108 

— 
— 
— 
6,297,548 
16,833 
N/A
— 

$

5,538,243  $
751,647 

5,541,417  $
755,981 

61,857 
94,662 
118 

61,545 
103,361 
118 

2,918,102  $

— 

— 
— 
— 

2,623,315  $
755,981 

61,545 
103,361 
118 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 

$

178,861  $

178,861  $

178,861  $

—  $

— 

593,734 
7,467 
12,037 
6,003,602 
18,795 
25,122 

593,734 
7,870 
12,037 
6,076,994 
18,795 
N/A

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 
N/A

593,734 
7,870 
12,037 
— 
990 
N/A

— 
— 
— 
6,076,994 
17,805 
N/A

$

5,264,329  $
806,747 

5,290,316  $
833,930 

61,857 
94,539 
1,388 
7,258 

60,526 
102,096 
1,388 
7,258 

2,022,133  $

— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

3,268,183  $
833,930 

60,526 
102,096 
1,388 
7,258 

— 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

These estimates do not reflect any premium or discount that could result from offering the Company’s entire holdings of a particular
financial  instrument  for  sale  at  one  time,  nor  do  they  attempt  to  estimate  the  value  of  anticipated  future  business  related  to  the
instruments. In addition, the tax ramifications related to the realization of unrealized gains and losses can have a significant effect
on fair value estimates and have not been considered in any of these estimates.

96

Table of Contents

Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value

The  following  table  presents  information  about  the  Company’s  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  and
nonrecurring basis as of December 31, 2021 and 2020.

Recurring Basis

The Company is required or permitted to record the following assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Financial Assets:

Available for sale debt securities:

Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Fair Value

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Residential MBS and CMOs
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

Other ABS

Total available for sale debt securities
Equity securities
Mortgage servicing rights
Interest rate swaps

As of December 31, 2020:
Financial Assets:

Available for sale debt securities:

$

$

$

200,133  $
407,746 
10,831 
28,607 
647,317 

11,693  $
915 
3,108 

Government and Government Sponsored Entities:

Residential MBS and CMOs
Commercial MBS and CMOs
Agency bonds

Total available for sale debt securities
Equity securities
Mortgage servicing rights

Financial Liabilities:
Interest rate swaps

$

$

$

$

216,724  $
361,988 
15,022 
593,734  $

12,037  $
1,599 

—  $
— 
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 
— 

—  $
— 
— 
—  $

—  $
— 

200,133  $
407,746 
10,831 
28,607 
647,317 

11,693  $
— 
3,108 

216,724  $
361,988 
15,022 
593,734  $

12,037  $
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
915 
— 

— 
— 
— 
— 

— 
1,599 

7,258  $

—  $

7,258  $

— 

There were no transfers between Level 1 and Level 2 during 2021 or 2020.

Non-recurring Basis

The Company may be required, from time to time, to measure certain assets and liabilities at fair value on a non-recurring basis.
These include assets that are measured at the lower of cost or market value that were recognized at fair value which was below
cost at the reporting date.

As  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  there  were  no  assets  or  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  non-recurring  basis  and  the
Company held no REO.

17.     VARIABLE INTEREST ENTITIES ("VIE")

The Company is involved with VIEs through its loan securitization activities. The Company evaluated its association with VIEs for
consolidation  purposes.  Specifically,  a  VIE  is  to  be  consolidated  by  its  primary  beneficiary,  the  entity  that  has  both  the  power  to
direct the activities that most significantly impact the VIE, and a variable interest that could potentially be significant to the VIE. A
variable  interest  is  a  contractual,  ownership  or  other  interest  whose  value  fluctuates  with  the  changes  in  the  value  of  the  VIE's
assets and

97

Table of Contents

liabilities.  The  assessment  includes  an  evaluation  of  the  Company's  continuing  involvement  with  the  VIE  and  the  nature  and
significance of its variable interests.

Multifamily loan securitization

With respect to the securitization transaction with Freddie Mac which settled September 27, 2017, the Company's variable interests
reside with a reimbursement agreement entered into with Freddie Mac that obligates the Company to reimburse Freddie Mac for
defaulted  contractual  principal  and  interest  payments  identified  after  the  ultimate  resolution  of  any  defaulted  loans.  Such
reimbursement obligations are not to exceed 10% of the original principal amount of the loans comprising the securitization pool. As
part of the securitization transaction, the Company released all servicing obligations and rights to Freddie Mac who was designated
as  the  Master  Servicer.  As  Master  Servicer,  Freddie  Mac  appointed  the  Company  with  sub-servicing  obligations,  which  include
obligations  to  collect  and  remit  payments  of  principal  and  interest,  manage  payments  of  taxes  and  insurance,  and  otherwise
administer the underlying loans. The servicing of defaulted loans and foreclosed loans was assigned to a separate third party entity,
independent of the Company and Freddie Mac. Freddie Mac, in its capacity as Master Servicer, can terminate the Company in its
role as sub-servicer and direct such responsibilities accordingly. In evaluating the variable interests and continuing involvement in
the  VIE,  the  Company  determined  that  it  does  not  have  the  power  to  make  significant  decisions  or  direct  the  activities  that  most
significantly impact the economic performance of the VIE's assets and liabilities. As sub-servicer of the loans, the Company does
not have the authority to make significant decisions that influence the value of the VIE's net assets and therefore, is not the primary
beneficiary  of  the  VIE.  Hence,  the  Company  determined  that  the  VIE  associated  with  the  multifamily  securitization  should  not  be
included in the consolidated financial statements of the Company.

The  Company  believes  its  maximum  exposure  to  loss  as  a  result  of  involvement  with  the  VIE  associated  with  the  securitization
under the reimbursement agreement executed with Freddie Mac is 10% of the original principal amount of the loans comprising the
securitization  pool,  or  $62.6  million.  The  reserve  for  estimated  losses  with  respect  to  the  reimbursement  obligation  totaled  $727
thousand  and  $959  thousand  as  of  December  31,  2021  and  2020,  respectively,  based  upon  an  analysis  of  quantitative  and
qualitative data of the underlying loans included in the securitization pool. No disbursements have been made in connection with the
reimbursement obligation.

18.     LOAN SALE AND SECURITIZATION ACTIVITIES

The Company periodically sells loans as part of its business operations and overall management of liquidity, assets and liabilities,
and financial performance. The transfer of loans is executed in securitization or sale transactions. With respect to sale transactions,
the Company's continuing involvement may or may not include ongoing servicing responsibilities and general representations and
warranties. With respect to securitization sales, the Company executed its first and only transaction to date on September 27, 2017
with Freddie Mac. The transaction involved the sale of $626 million in originated multifamily loans through a Freddie Mac sponsored
transaction. The Company's continuing involvement includes sub-servicing responsibilities, general representations and warranties,
and a limited reimbursement obligation.

As sub-servicer for Freddie Mac, the Bank is required to maintain a minimum net worth in accordance with GAAP of not less than
$2.0 million. If the Bank's capital were to fall below this threshold, Freddie Mac would have the authority to terminate and assume
the Bank’s sub-servicing duties. At December 31, 2021, the Bank’s net worth was $802.8 million which equates to its Tier 1 capital
of  $799.5  million  plus  goodwill  of  $3.3  million  and  accumulated  other  comprehensive  income  related  to  net  unrealized  gains  on
available for sale securities of $88 thousand.

General representations and warranties associated with loan sales and the securitization transaction require the Company to uphold
various assertions that pertain to the underlying loans at the time of the transaction, including, but not limited to, compliance with
relevant  laws  and  regulations,  absence  of  fraud,  enforcement  of  liens,  no  environmental  damages,  and  maintenance  of  relevant
environmental insurance. Such representations and warranties are limited to those that do not meet the quality represented at the
transaction date and do not pertain to a decline in value or future payment defaults. In circumstances where the Company breaches
its  representations  and  warranties,  the  Company  would  generally  be  required  to  cure  such  instances  through  a  repurchase  or
substitution of the subject loan(s).

98

Table of Contents

With respect to the securitization transaction, the Company also has continuing involvement through a reimbursement agreement
executed  with  Freddie  Mac.  To  the  extent  the  ultimate  resolution  of  defaulted  loans  results  in  contractual  principal  and  interest
payments  that  are  deficient,  the  Company  is  obligated  to  reimburse  Freddie  Mac  for  such  amounts,  not  to  exceed  10%  of  the
original principal amount of the loans comprising the securitization pool at the closing date of September 27, 2017.

The following table provides cash flows associated with the Company's loan sale activities:

(Dollars in thousands)
Proceeds from loan sales
Servicing fees

Years Ended December 31,
2020
2021

$

1,731  $
555 

998 
930 

The  following  table  provides  information  about  the  loans  transferred  through  sales  or  securitization  and  not  recorded  in  the
consolidated statements of financial condition, for which the Company's continuing involvement includes sub-servicing or servicing
responsibilities and/or reimbursement obligations:

(Dollars in thousands)
As of December 31, 2021:
Principal balance of loans
Loans 90+ days past due
Charge-offs, net

As of December 31, 2020:
Principal balance of loans
Loans 90+ days past due
Charge-offs, net

19.     COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Financial Instruments With Off-Balance Sheet Risk

Single Family
Residential

Multifamily
Residential

$

12,243  $
— 
— 

17,423 
— 
— 

173,486 
— 
— 

302,333 
— 
— 

The Company is a party to financial instruments with off-balance sheet risk in the normal course of business to meet the financing
needs of its customers. These financial instruments represent commitments to originate fixed and variable rate loans and loans in
process,  and  involve,  to  varying  degrees,  credit  risk  and  interest  rate  risk  in  excess  of  the  amount  recognized  in  the  Company’s
consolidated statements of financial condition. The Company’s exposure to credit loss in the event of nonperformance by the other
party for commitments to extend credit is represented by the contractual amount of those instruments. The Company uses the same
credit policies in making commitments to originate loans and lines of credit as it does for on-balance sheet instruments. As it relates
to interest rate risk, the Company's exposure is generally limited to increases in interest rates that may result during the short period
of time between the commitment and funding of fixed rate credit facilities and adjustable rate credit facilities with initial fixed rate
periods.  The  limited  timing  risk  associated  with  these  credit  facilities  are  considered  within  the  Company's  asset  liability
management process.

Commitments to fund loans and lines of credit are agreements to lend to a customer as long as there is no violation of any condition
established in the contract. Commitments generally have expiration dates or other termination clauses. In addition, external market
forces  may  impact  the  probability  of  commitments  being  exercised;  therefore,  total  commitments  outstanding  do  not  necessarily
represent future cash requirements.

At December 31, 2021 and 2020, the Company had outstanding commitments of approximately $132.8 million and $116.9 million,
respectively,  for  loans  and  lines  of  credit.  Unfunded  loan  commitment  reserves  totaled  $153  thousand  and  $59  thousand  at
December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Operating Leases

The Company leases various office premises under long-term operating lease agreements. These leases

99

Table of Contents

expire  between  2022  and  2030,  with  certain  leases  containing  either  five  or  ten  year  renewal  options.  At  December  31,  2021,
minimum commitments under these non-cancellable leases before considering renewal options were:

Years ending December 31,
(Dollars in thousands)
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
Thereafter

Total

$

$

3,961 
2,746 
1,727 
1,276 
1,046 
1,148 
11,904 

Rent expense under operating leases was $4.4 million for both the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020. Sublease income
earned was $566 thousand and $752 thousand for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Contingencies

At  present,  there  are  no  pending  or  threatened  proceedings  against  the  Company  which,  if  determined  adversely,  would  have  a
material  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  financial  position,  results  of  operations  or  cash  flows.  In  the  ordinary  course  of
operations, the Company may be party to various legal proceedings.

Correspondent Banking Agreements

The  Company  maintains  funds  on  deposit  with  other  federally  insured  financial  institutions  under  correspondent  banking
agreements. Insured  portions  of  these  balances  are  limited  to  $250  thousand  per  institution  based  on  FDIC  insurance  limits.  At
December  31,  2021  and  2020,  the  Company  had  $25.5  million  and  $26.0  million,  respectively,  in  uninsured  cash  balances.
Additionally, the Company had no restricted cash as collateral for its interest rate swap agreements at a correspondent bank as of
December  31,  2021,  compared  to  $8.9  million  at  December  31,  2020.  The  Company  also  has  established  federal  funds  lines  of
credit with correspondent banks totaling $50.0 million at both December 31, 2021 and 2020, none of which were advanced at those
dates. The Company periodically monitors the financial condition and capital adequacy of these correspondent banks.

100

Table of Contents

20.     PARENT COMPANY ONLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

Summary parent company only financial information for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020 is as follows:

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
(Dollars in thousands)

ASSETS

Cash and cash equivalents
Investment in Bank
Investment in Burbank Financial, Inc.
Investment in Luther Burbank Statutory Trusts 1 & 2
Receivable from Bank
Other assets

Total assets

LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

Junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
Other borrowings
Interest payable on junior subordinated deferrable interest debentures
Other liabilities and accrued expenses
Stockholders' equity

Total liabilities and stockholders' equity

December 31,

2021

2020

20,073  $

802,843 
333 
1,857 
241 
348 
825,695  $

61,857  $
94,662 
49 
(6)
669,133 
825,695  $

29,025 
739,088 
306 
1,857 
247 
4 
770,527 

61,857 
94,539 
49 
391 
613,691 
770,527 

$

$

$

$

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF INCOME
(Dollars in thousands)

Net interest expense
Dividend income from Bank
Other noninterest income
Other operating expense

Income before income tax benefit and undistributed net income of
subsidiaries
Income tax benefit

Income before undistributed net income of subsidiaries

Net equity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries

Net income 

(1)

Years Ended December 31,
2020
2021

(7,313) $
22,700 
30 
(308)

15,109 
2,213 
17,322 
70,431 
87,753  $

(7,670)
65,360 
41 
(301)

57,430 
2,315 
59,745 
(19,833)
39,912 

$

$

(1) The group files a single tax return and the subsidiaries are treated, for federal, California and Oregon tax purposes, as divisions
of  a  single  corporation.  The  Company’s  share  of  income  tax  expense  is  based  on  the  amount  which  would  be  payable  or
receivable if separate returns were filed. Accordingly, the Company’s equity in the net income of its subsidiaries, including the
Bank, are excluded from the computation of income taxes for financial statement purposes. For the years ended December 31,
2021 and 2020, the Company provided tax at the rates of 21.0%, 10.84% and 6.6% for federal, California and Oregon taxes,
respectively.

101

Table of Contents

CONDENSED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(Dollars in thousands)

Years Ended December 31,

2021

2020

ws from operating activities:
me
ents to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:
ity in undistributed net income of subsidiaries
in receivable from Bank
ased compensation
nge in other assets and liabilities
et cash provided by operating activities
ws from financing activities:

$

$

d for dividends

withheld for taxes on vested restricted stock
epurchased
et cash used in financing activities
ecrease) increase in cash and cash equivalents
cash equivalents, beginning of year

cash equivalents, end of year

$

$

102

87,753 

39,912 

(70,431)
6 
2,529 
(618)
19,239 

(18,446)
(901)
(8,844)
(28,191)
(8,952)
29,025 
20,073 

19,833 
(226)
3,535 
314 
63,368 

(12,314)
(1,064)
(36,135)
(49,513)
13,855 
15,170 
29,025 

Table of Contents

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures

As of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the Company carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and
with the participation of its management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design
and operation of its disclosure controls and procedures. In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management
recognizes  that  any  controls  and  procedures,  no  matter  how  well  designed  and  operated,  can  provide  only  reasonable  assurance  of
achieving the desired control objectives, and management was required to apply judgment in evaluating its controls and procedures. Based
on this evaluation, the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and
procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) were effective as of the end of the period covered by this
report. See Exhibits 31 and 32 for the Certification statements issued by the Company’s Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer,
respectively.

Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting - There were no changes in the Company’s internal control over financial reporting (as
such  term  is  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act)  during  the  quarter  ended  December  31,  2021,  that  have
materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, the Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Report  on  Management’s  Assessment  of  Internal  Controls  over  Financial  Reporting  -  Management  of  the  Company  is  responsible  for
establishing  and  maintaining  adequate  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e)  under  the
Exchange  Act).  Our  internal  control  system  is  a  process  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  preparation  and  fair
presentation  of  published  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  GAAP.  All  internal  control  systems,  no  matter  how  well  designed,  have
inherent limitations and can only provide reasonable assurance with respect to financial reporting.

As of December 31, 2021, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on the
criteria for effective internal control over financial reporting established in “Internal Control-Integrated Framework,” issued by the Committee
of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission in 2013. Based on this assessment, management determined that the Company
maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2021.

Crowe LLP, the independent registered public accounting firm, audited the consolidated financial statements of the Company included in this
Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K.  Their  report  is  included  in  Part  II,  Item  8,  under  the  heading  “Report  of  Independent  Registered  Public
Accounting Firm.” Pursuant to SEC rules applicable to emerging growth companies, this Annual Report on Form 10-K does not include an
audit report on internal control over financial reporting from the Company's independent registered public accounting firm.

Item 9B. Other Information

None.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

Not applicable.

103

Table of Contents

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance

PART III.

The information required by this Item will be presented in, and is incorporated herein by reference to, Luther Burbank Corporation's Definitive
Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2021.

Item 11. Executive Compensation

The information required by this Item will be presented in, and is incorporated herein by reference to, Luther Burbank Corporation's Definitive
Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2021.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans 

The following table sets forth information regarding outstanding options and other rights to purchase or acquire common stock granted under
the Company's compensation plans as of December 31, 2021:

Equity Compensation Plan Information 

Plan category

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)
Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders
Total

Number of
securities to be
issued upon
exercise of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(a)

Weighted average
exercise price of
outstanding
options, warrants
and rights
(b)

Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans excluding
securities reflected in
column (a)
(c)

N/A
— 
— 

N/A
— 
— 

1,861,344 
— 
1,861,344 

(1)    Consists of the Company's Omnibus Equity and Incentive Compensation Plan. For additional information, see Notes 14 and 15 to the Consolidated

Financial Statements. 

The  remainder  of  the  information  required  by  this  Item  will  be  presented  in,  and  is  incorporated  herein  by  reference  to,  Luther  Burbank
Corporation's Definitive Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of
December 31, 2021.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

The information required by this Item will be presented in, and is incorporated herein by reference to, Luther Burbank Corporation's Definitive
Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2021.

Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services

The information required by this Item will be presented in, and is incorporated herein by reference to, Luther Burbank Corporation's Definitive
Proxy Statement for the 2022 Annual Meeting of Shareholders which will be filed with the SEC within 120 days of December 31, 2021.

104

 
Table of Contents

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

(a)(1) Financial Statements

PART IV.

The  following  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Luther  Burbank  Corporation  and  our  subsidiaries  and  related  reports  of  our
independent public accounting firm are incorporated by reference from Part II, Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data of
the Report.

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm - Crowe LLP

Consolidated Financial Statements

Consolidated Statements of Financial Condition as of December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2021 and 2020

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(2) Financial Statement Schedules

No financial statement schedules are provided because the information called for is not applicable or not required or the required information
is shown either in the Consolidated Financial Statements or the Notes thereto.

(3) Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

Description

Filed
Herewith

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Incorporated by Reference

3.1

3.2
4.1

4.2
10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

3.1

S-1

3.2
4.1

S-1
S-1

11/9/2017

333-221455

333-221455
333-221455

Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Luther Burbank
Corporation
Amended and Restated Bylaws of Luther Burbank Corporation
Specimen Certificate for Common Stock
Pursuant to Item 601(b) (4) (iii) (A) of Regulation S-K, copies of instruments defining the rights of holders of long-term debt and preferred
securities are not filed. The Company agrees to furnish a copy thereof to the SEC upon request.
Description of Registrant's Securities
Employment Agreement, dated as of November  6,  2017  between
Luther Burbank Corporation and John G. Biggs
Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  August  1,  2016,  between
Luther Burbank Savings and Laura Tarantino
Employment  Agreement,  dated  as  of  August  1,  2016,  between
Luther Burbank Savings and Liana Prieto
Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement, dated as
of  April  25,  2006,  between  Luther  Burbank  Savings  and  Victor  S.
Trione
First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Salary  Continuation
Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  5,  2008,  between  Luther
Burbank Savings and Victor S. Trione
to  Amended  and  Restated  Salary
Second  Amendment 
Continuation Agreement, dated as of May 2, 2016, between Luther
Burbank Savings and Victor S. Trione

001-38317
333-221455

3/11/2020
11/9/2017

11/9/2017
11/9/2017

333-221455

333-221455

333-221455

333-221455

333-221455

10-K
S-1

4.2
10.2

11/9/2017

11/9/2017

11/9/2017

11/9/2017

11/9/2017

10.4

10.7

10.6

10.3

10.5

S-1

S-1

S-1

S-1

S-1

105

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

10.7

10.8

10.9

10.10

10.11

10.12

10.13

10.14

10.15
10.16

10.17

10.18

10.19

10.22

10.23

10.24

21
23.1
31.1
31.2
32.1
32.2

Description
Amended and Restated Salary Continuation Agreement, dated as
of January 1, 2005, between Luther Burbank Savings and John G.
Biggs
First  Amendment  to  Amended  and  Restated  Salary  Continuation
Agreement,  dated  as  of  December  5,  2008,  between  Luther
Burbank Savings and John G. Biggs
Salary  Continuation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  April  25,  2006,
between Luther Burbank Savings and Laura Tarantino
First  Amendment  to  Salary  Continuation  Agreement,  dated  as  of
December  5,  2008,  between  Luther  Burbank  Savings  and  Laura
Tarantino
Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  November  11,  2011,
between  Luther  Burbank  Corporation  and  each  of  John  G.  Biggs,
Bradley  M.  Shuster  and  Victor  S.  Trione,  and  dated  August  28,
2014  between  Luther  Burbank  Corporation  and  Anita  Gentle
Newcomb
Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  17,
2011 between Luther Burbank Savings and John G. Biggs, Bradley
M.  Shuster  and  Victor  S.  Trione,  and  dated  August  28,  2014
between Luther Burbank Savings and Anita Gentle Newcomb
Form  of  Indemnification  Agreement  between  Luther  Burbank
Savings and each of Laura Tarantino (dated March 15, 2012), John
Cardamone (dated April 24, 2014) and Liana Prieto (dated August
2, 2014)
Luther  Burbank  Corporation  Executive  Change 
Severance Plan
S Corp Termination and Tax Sharing Agreement
Luther  Burbank  Corporation  Omnibus  Equity  and 
Compensation Plan
Second  Amendment 
to  Amended  and  Restated  Salary
Continuation  Agreement,  dated  as  of  November  6,  2017  between
Luther Burbank Savings and John G. Biggs
Retirement  and  Consulting  Agreement  and  General  Release  of
Claims  by  and  between  Luther  Burbank  Corporation  and  John  G.
Biggs, dated November 30, 2018
Employment  Agreement  by  and  between  Luther  Burbank
Corporation and Simone Lagomarsino, dated November 30, 2018
Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  by  and  between
Luther Burbank Corporation and Laura Tarantino, dated November
30, 2018
Amended  and  Restated  Employment  Agreement  by  and  between
Luther Burbank Corporation and Liana Prieto, dated November 30,
2018
Second  Amendment 
the  Salary  Continuation  Agreement
between  Luther  Burbank  Savings  and  Laura  Tarantino,  dated
November 30, 2018
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
Consent of Crowe LLP
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Rule 13a-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Executive Officer
Section 1350 Certification of Chief Financial Officer

in  Control

Incentive

to 

Incorporated by Reference

Filed
Herewith

Form
S-1

File No.
333-221455

Exhibit
10.8

Filing Date
11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.9

11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.10

11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.11

11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.12

11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.13

11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.14

11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.15

11/9/2017

10-K
S-1

001-38317
333-221455

10.17
10.19

3/16/2018
11/9/2017

S-1

333-221455

10.21

11/9/2017

8-K

001-38317

10.1

12/6/2018

8-K

001-38317

8-K

001-38317

10.2

10.3

12/6/2018

12/6/2018

8-K

001-38317

10.4

12/6/2018

8-K

001-38317

10.5

12/6/2018

X
X
X
X
X
X

106

Incorporated by Reference

Form

File No.

Exhibit

Filing Date

Table of Contents

Exhibit
Number

101.INS

101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE

104

Description
XBRL  Instance  Document  -  the  instance  document  does  not
appear  in  the  Interactive  Data  File  because  its  XBRL  tags  are
embedded within the Inline XBRL document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definitions Linkbase Document
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document
Inline  XBRL  Taxonomy  Extension  Presentation  Linkbase
Document
Cover  Page  Interactive  Data  File  (formatted  as  Inline  XBRL  and
contained in Exhibit 101)

Filed
Herewith
X

X
X
X
X
X

X

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

Not Applicable.

107

Table of Contents

SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

DATED: March 14, 2022

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

By: /s/ Simone Lagomarsino
Simone Lagomarsino
President and Chief Executive Officer

POWER OF ATTORNEY

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Luther Burbank Corporation (the “Company”) hereby severally constitute and appoint
Simone  Lagomarsino  and  Laura  Tarantino  as  our  true  and  lawful  attorneys  and  agents,  each  acting  alone  and  with  full  power  of
substitution and re-substitution, to do any and all things in our names in the capacities indicated below which said Simone Lagomarsino or
Laura Tarantino may deem necessary or advisable to enable the Company to comply with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and any
rules,  regulations  and  requirements  of  the  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission,  in  connection  with  the  report  on  Form  10-K,  or
amendment thereto, including specifically, but not limited to, power and authority to sign for us in our names in the capacities indicated
below the report on Form 10-K, or amendment thereto; and we hereby approve, ratify and confirm all that said Simone Lagomarsino or
Laura Tarantino shall do or cause to be done by virtue thereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report on Form 10-K, has been signed by the following

persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Signature

Position

/s/ SIMONE LAGOMARSINO
Simone Lagomarsino

President and Chief Executive Officer,
Director (Principal Executive Officer)

/s/ LAURA TARANTINO
Laura Tarantino

/s/ VICTOR S. TRIONE
Victor S. Trione

/s/ RENU AGRAWAL
Renu Agrawal

/s/ JOHN C. ERICKSON
John C. Erickson

/s/ ANITA GENTLE NEWCOMB
Anita Gentle Newcomb

/s/ BRADLEY M. SHUSTER
Bradley M. Shuster

/s/ THOMAS C. WAJNERT
Thomas C. Wajnert

/s/ M. MAX YZAGUIRRE
M. Max Yzaguirre

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial
Officer (Principal Financial & Accounting Officer)

Chairman

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

108

Date

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

March 14, 2022

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

SUBSIDIARIES OF REGISTRANT

EXHIBIT 21

Name of Entity

Jurisdiction of Organization

Ownership Interest

Luther Burbank Corporation - Registrant

Luther Burbank Savings
Burbank Investor Services
Burbank Financial Inc.

Luther Burbank Statutory Trust I
Luther Burbank Statutory Trust II

California
California
California
California
Delaware
Delaware

100%
100% owned by Luther Burbank Savings
100%
100% of Common Securities
100% of Common Securities

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

EXHIBIT 23.1

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statement No. 333-221981 on Form S-8 of Luther Burbank Corporation of
our report dated March 14, 2022, relating to the consolidated financial statements, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

/s/ Crowe LLP

Sacramento, California
March 14, 2022

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

I, Simone Lagomarsino, certify that:

a.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Luther Burbank Corporation;

EXHIBIT 31.1

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
b.
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;

c.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented
in this report;

d.
The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)    designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)        designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)        evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and

d)        disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the

registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s

fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

e.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):

a)    all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial
information; and

b)    any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:     March 14, 2022

By: /s/ Simone Lagomarsino

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO RULE 13a-14(a)
UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934.

I, Laura Tarantino, certify that:

a.

I have reviewed this report on Form 10-K of Luther Burbank Corporation;

EXHIBIT 31.2

Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
b.
necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading
with respect to the period covered by this report;

c.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all
material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented
in this report;

d.
The  registrant's  other  certifying  officer  and  I  are  responsible  for  establishing  and  maintaining  disclosure  controls  and
procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in
Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:

a)    designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed
under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is
made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;

b)        designed  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  or  caused  such  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  to  be
designed  under  our  supervision,  to  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  the  reliability  of  financial  reporting  and  the
preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

c)        evaluated  the  effectiveness  of  the  registrant's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  and  presented  in  this  report  our
conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this
report based on such evaluation; and

d)        disclosed  in  this  report  any  change  in  the  registrant's  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  that  occurred  during  the

registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s

fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect,
the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and

e.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over
financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the
equivalent functions):

a)    all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting
which  are  reasonably  likely  to  adversely  affect  the  registrant's  ability  to  record,  process,  summarize  and  report  financial
information; and

b)    any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the
registrant's internal control over financial reporting.

Date:     March 14, 2022

By: /s/ Laura Tarantino

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002.

EXHIBIT 32.1

I, Simone Lagomarsino, state and attest that:

1.

I am the Chief Executive Officer of Luther Burbank Corporation (the "Corporation").

2.

I hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

•    The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2021 (the “Report”) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

•        The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of

operations of the Corporation as of, and for, the periods presented.

Date:     March 14, 2022

By: /s/ Simone Lagomarsino

Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)

LUTHER BURBANK CORPORATION

CERTIFICATION OF CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002.

EXHIBIT 32.2

I, Laura Tarantino, state and attest that:

1.

I am the Chief Financial Officer of Luther Burbank Corporation (the "Corporation").

2.

I hereby certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

•    The Annual Report on Form 10-K of the Corporation for the year ended December 31, 2021 (the “Report”) fully complies
with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 (15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)); and

•        The  information  contained  in  the  Report  fairly  presents,  in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  condition  and  results  of

operations of the Corporation as of, and for, the periods presented.

Date:     March 14, 2022

By: /s/ Laura Tarantino

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)